# translation of the dpkg man pages to Japanese
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-08-21 20:15+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-07 22:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. type: TH
#: deb.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb"
msgstr "deb"

#. type: TH
#: deb.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-02-27"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: TH
#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-split.5:1 deb-version.5:5 deb-old.5:1
#: deb-override.5:15 deb-extra-override.5:1 deb-shlibs.5:16 deb-substvars.5:2
#: deb-symbols.5:2 deb-triggers.5:1 dpkg.1:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-buildflags.1:1 dpkg-buildpackage.1:1
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:1 dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 dpkg-gensymbols.1:2
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 dpkg-name.1:6
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:15
#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2
#: dpkg-trigger.1:1 dpkg-vendor.1:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Project"
msgstr "Debian Project"

#. type: TH
#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-split.5:1 deb-version.5:5 deb-old.5:1
#: dselect.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian"
msgstr "Debian"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-split.5:2 deb-version.5:6 deb-old.5:2
#: deb-override.5:16 deb-extra-override.5:2 deb-shlibs.5:17 deb-substvars.5:3
#: deb-symbols.5:3 deb-triggers.5:2 dpkg.1:2 dpkg-architecture.1:2
#: dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-buildflags.1:2 dpkg-buildpackage.1:2
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-distaddfile.1:2 dpkg-deb.1:2 dpkg-divert.8:2
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:2 dpkg-gencontrol.1:2 dpkg-gensymbols.1:3
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:2 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:2 dpkg-name.1:7
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:2 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
#: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:2 dpkg-trigger.1:2 dpkg-vendor.1:2 dselect.1:2
#: dselect.cfg.5:2 start-stop-daemon.8:2 update-alternatives.8:9
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-#    #-#-#-#-#\n"
"名前\n"
"#-#-#-#-#    #-#-#-#-#\n"
"名称"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:4
msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
msgstr "deb - Debian バイナリパッケージ形式"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-split.5:4 deb-version.5:9 deb-old.5:5
#: deb-override.5:19 deb-extra-override.5:5 deb-substvars.5:6 deb-symbols.5:6
#: deb-triggers.5:5 dpkg.1:5 dpkg-architecture.1:5 dpkg-buildflags.1:5
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 dpkg-distaddfile.1:5
#: dpkg-deb.1:5 dpkg-divert.8:5 dpkg-genchanges.1:5 dpkg-gencontrol.1:5
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:6 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:5 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:5
#: dpkg-name.1:10 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:5 dpkg-query.1:5
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 dpkg-scansources.1:5 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:5
#: dpkg-source.1:6 dpkg-split.1:6 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 dpkg-trigger.1:5
#: dpkg-vendor.1:5 dselect.1:5 start-stop-daemon.8:5 update-alternatives.8:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "書式"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:6 deb-split.5:6 deb-old.5:7
msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-split.5:6 deb-version.5:11 deb-old.5:8
#: deb-override.5:22 deb-extra-override.5:8 deb-shlibs.5:20 deb-substvars.5:9
#: deb-symbols.5:9 deb-triggers.5:8 dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:11
#: dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-buildflags.1:9 dpkg-buildpackage.1:9
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10 dpkg-distaddfile.1:9 dpkg-deb.1:10
#: dpkg-divert.8:10 dpkg-genchanges.1:10 dpkg-gencontrol.1:9
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:10 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:15 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:9
#: dpkg-name.1:16 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:9 dpkg-query.1:9
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:28 dpkg-scansources.1:14 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:11
#: dpkg-source.1:11 dpkg-split.1:11 dpkg-statoverride.8:10 dpkg-trigger.1:12
#: dpkg-vendor.1:9 dselect.1:17 dselect.cfg.5:5 start-stop-daemon.8:10
#: update-alternatives.8:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "説明"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:12
msgid ""
"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all "
"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf."
msgstr ""
"B<.deb> フォーマットは Debian バイナリパッケージのファイル形式である。この形"
"式は dpkg 0.93.76 またはそれ以降のバージョンで扱うことができ、dpkg 1.2.0 以降"
"のすべてのバージョンと 1.1.1elf 以降のすべての i386/ELF バージョンではデフォ"
"ルトでこの形式が作成される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:16
msgid ""
"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)."
msgstr ""
"このマニュアルで記述される形式は Debian 0.93 から使用されている。旧形式の詳細"
"については B<deb-old>(5) を参照されたい。"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:16 deb-split.5:9 deb-old.5:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "FORMAT"
msgstr "フォーマット"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>.  The "
"file names might contain a trailing slash."
msgstr ""
"このファイルはマジックナンバー B<!E<lt>archE<gt>> を持つ B<ar> アーカイブであ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:28
msgid ""
"The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
"pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (only the new style long "
"pathnames and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17), and the POSIX "
"ustar format (long names supported since dpkg 1.15.0).  Unrecognized tar "
"typeflags are considered an error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:38
msgid ""
"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written.  Programs "
"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
"the case."
msgstr ""
"B<.deb> に含まれる第 1 のメンバーは B<debian-binary> という名称で、改行で区切"
"られた数行から成る。現在は一行だけであり、deb 形式バージョン番号が与えられ"
"る。このマニュアルが書かれた時点では B<2.0> である。新形式のアーカイブを読み"
"込むプログラムは、マイナーバージョン番号が上がった場合や、新しい行が追加され"
"ている場合を想定しておかなければならない。もし、これに該当する場合はこれらを"
"無視すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:43
msgid ""
"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
"(except at the end), as described below."
msgstr ""
"メジャー番号が変更されている場合、互換性のない変更がなされているためプログラ"
"ムは停止しなければならない。メジャー番号が変更されていない場合は、アーカイブ"
"に予期しないメンバーが含まれていない限り(アーカイブの最後に含まれる場合を除"
"く)、プログラムは安全に実行を継続できる。これについては、以下で説明する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:53
msgid ""
"The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>.  It is a gzipped tar "
"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain "
"files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core "
"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for "
"`B<.>', the current directory."
msgstr ""
"2 番目に要請されるメンバーは B<control.tar.gz> というファイル名を持つ gzip 圧"
"縮 tar 形式である。これは、パッケージ制御情報をテキストファイル群として含む。"
"その中でも B<control> ファイルは必須であり、中心となる制御情報を含む。この "
"control.tar.gz は任意にカレントディレクトリ `B<.>' に対するエントリを含む。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:62
msgid ""
"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>.  It contains the "
"filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg "
"1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> "
"extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, "
"supported since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported "
"since dpkg 1.13.25)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:73
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>.  Further members may be "
"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar> and "
"which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names starting "
"with an underscore, `B<_>'."
msgstr ""
"これらのメンバーは上に示した順序で現れなければならない。将来、追加メンバーが"
"定義された場合、可能ならばこれら 3 つのメンバーの後に配置されるであろう。現在"
"の実装では、B<data.tar.gz> 以後のいかなる追加メンバーも無視される。将来におい"
"て B<data.tar.gz> の前に挿入する必要があり、それ以前のプログラムが安全に無視"
"することのできる追加メンバーを定義するには、そのメンバーはアンダースコア "
"`B<_>' で始まる名前を持てばよい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:79
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
"before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than "
"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be "
"increased."
msgstr ""
"安全に無視することができない新しいメンバーがある場合、このメンバーにアンダー"
"スコア以外の文字で始まる名前をつけて B<data.tar.gz> より前に挿入するか、また"
"は(こちらの可能性が高いが)メジャーバージョン番号を上げることになるであろう。"

#. type: SH
#: deb.5:79 deb-control.5:232 deb-split.5:37 deb-version.5:116 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:62 deb-extra-override.5:37 deb-shlibs.5:61
#: deb-substvars.5:154 deb-symbols.5:61 deb-triggers.5:49 dpkg.1:761
#: dpkg-architecture.1:294 dpkg.cfg.5:23 dpkg-buildpackage.1:249
#: dpkg-deb.1:246 dpkg-divert.8:122 dpkg-gensymbols.1:445 dpkg-name.1:95
#: dpkg-query.1:208 dpkg-scanpackages.1:111 dpkg-scansources.1:72
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:326 dpkg-source.1:701 dpkg-split.1:223
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:79 dpkg-trigger.1:60 dselect.1:452 dselect.cfg.5:23
#: update-alternatives.8:501
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "関連項目"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb.5:82
msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."

#. type: TH
#: deb-control.5:3
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"

#. type: TH
#: deb-control.5:3 dpkg-buildflags.1:1 dpkg-buildpackage.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "2006-02-28"
msgid "2010-07-29"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr ""
"deb-control - Debian パッケージのマスターコントロールファイルフォーマット"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:9
msgid "control"
msgstr "control"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
"followed by a colon, and the body of the field.  Fields are delimited only "
"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
"below)."
msgstr ""
"各 Debian パッケージはマスターとなる `control'ファイルをもっている。この "
"`control'ファイルはいくつかのフィールドを含んでいる。それぞれのフィールドは "
"B<Package> や B<Version> (大文字小文字は区別しない) のようなタグで始まり、コ"
"ロン、フィールドの本体という順序で記述されている。フィールドはフィールドタグ"
"によってのみ区切られている。別の言い方をすれば、フィールドテキストは複数行に"
"またがってもかまわない。しかしインストールに使うツールはそれらのフィールドの"
"本体を処理する時に一行にまとめてしまう。(ただし、以下で説明する "
"B<Description> フィールドは例外である)"

#. type: SH
#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "必須フィールド"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>パッケージ名E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
msgstr ""
"このフィールドの値によってパッケージ名が決まる。またインストールに使うツール"
"のほとんどがファイル名を生成するために使う。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>バージョン文字列E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:37
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
"non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described "
"in B<deb-version>(5)."
msgstr ""
"普通は、これはパッケージのプログラムの作者が利用しているパッケージのバージョ"
"ン番号である。(Debian 独自のパッケージでない場合は) Debian リビジョン番号が追"
"加される。もし、バージョンとリビジョン両方を使う場合にはそれらはハイフン `-' "
"により区切られている。このために、オリジナルのバージョンにはそのバージョン番"
"号にハイフンを使うことができない。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>名前 emailE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"the software that was packaged."
msgstr ""
"`Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' 形式でなければいけない。パッケージ化さ"
"れたソフトウェアの作者ではなく、パッケージ作成者の名前および e-mail アドレス"
"を使うことになっている。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>短い説明E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>長い説明E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:51
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description "
"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must "
"contain a single '.' following the preceding space."
msgstr ""
"パッケージ説明の書式は、まず最初の行 (\"Description\" フィールドタグの後) が"
"短い要約である。その後に続く行はより長い詳細な説明に使う。長い説明の各行は空"
"白文字ではじまる。行頭のスペースに続けて '.' 一つだけの行は空行を意味する。"

#. type: SH
#: deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "オプションのフィールド"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>セクションE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
"`text', `x11' etc."
msgstr ""
"パッケージによりインストールされるソフトウェアがどのカテゴリーに属するかを示"
"すフィールドである。一般的なセクションは `utils' や `net'、`mail'、`text'、"
"`x11' などがある。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>優先度E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole.  "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
msgstr ""
"システム全体からみてこのパッケージの重要度を示す。一般的に使われる優先度とし"
"ては `required'、`standard'、`optional'、`extra' などがある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual.  A list of these values can be "
"obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""
"Debian では、 B<Section> と B<Priority> フィールドで使える値はポリシーマニュ"
"アルで決められている。これらはアーカイブでどのようにパッケージが配置されるか"
"を決定するのに使われている。これらのリストは最新の B<debian-policy> パッケー"
"ジの中に含まれている。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:78
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
"other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed "
"(at least not without using one of the force options)."
msgstr ""
"このフィールドは普通は `yes' の時にだけ使う。これはパッケージがシステムを適切"
"に運用するために必要とされるパッケージを示す。 dpkg や他のインストールに使う"
"ツールは (強制オプションを与えない限り) B<Essential> パッケージを削除すること"
"を許さない。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:86
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
"etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture "
"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
"Architecture はこのパッケージがどのタイプのハードウェアむけにコンパイルされ"
"た ものかどうかを示す。一般的な architecture としては `i386', `m68k', "
"`sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' などがある。 B<all> オプションはパッケージが "
"architecture に依存しないことを意味する。例えば、シェルスクリプトや Perl スク"
"リプト、文書などは architecture が all となる。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:86
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Origin:> E<lt>nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>ソース名E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:89
msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:89
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Bugs:> E<lt>urlE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:93
msgid ""
"The url of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used format "
"is B<E<lt>bts_typeE<gt>://E<lt>bts_addressE<gt>>, like B<debbugs://bugs."
"debian.org>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:93
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Homepage:> E<lt>urlE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:96
msgid "The upstream project home page URL."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:96
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Tag:> E<lt>tag listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:100
msgid ""
"List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and "
"list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>ソース名E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:104
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
msgstr ""
"このバイナリパッケージを作るために使われたソースパッケージの名前である。バイ"
"ナリパッケージの名前とソースパッケージの名前が違う時に使われる。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options).  In an "
"installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields are "
"run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, in a "
"removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the packages "
"listed in its Depends: field."
msgstr ""
"このパッケージが重要な機能を提供するために必要としているパッケージのリスト。"
"パッケージ管理ソフトウェアは、もしこの B<Depends> フィールドにあげられている"
"パッケージがインストールされていなければ (強制オプションがあたえられない限"
"り) このパッケージをインストールしようとしない。また Depends: フィールドにあ"
"げられているパッケージの postinst スクリプトを、それらに依存しているパッケー"
"ジが prerm スクリプトを実行しようとする前に実行しようとする。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:122
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
"requires another package for running its preinst script."
msgstr ""
"パッケージがインストールされて B<かつ> そのパッケージがインストールできる前に"
"設定が終わっていないといけないパッケージのリスト。これは通常このパッケージが"
"他のパッケージを preinst スクリプトで利用する場合に使われる。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:129
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
msgstr ""
"余程のことがなければこのパッケージとともにインストールされるべきパッケージの"
"リスト。ユーザがこの B<Recommends> フィールドにあげられているパッケージなしに"
"パッケージをインストールしようとするとパッケージ管理ソフトウェアが警告するこ"
"とがある。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:134
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
"reasonable."
msgstr ""
"このパッケージに関連していて、より便利にするパッケージだが、なくてもかまわな"
"いパッケージのリスト。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
"version number specification in parentheses."
msgstr ""
"B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends>, B<Suggests> フィールドは、代替パッ"
"ケージグループのリストで表現する。各代替グループではパッケージを縦棒 (もしく"
"は `パイプ') 記号 `|'で区切る。グループはコンマで区切る。コンマは `AND' と解"
"釈し、パイプは `OR' と解釈することができる。パイプ (OR) の方が演算の優先度が"
"高くなっている。オプションで、それぞれのパッケージ名に続けて括弧でくくられた"
"バージョン番号の指定ができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:152
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
"for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than "
"or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
msgstr ""
"バージョン番号が `E<gt>E<gt>' ではじまる場合は、それ以降のバージョン全てに"
"マッチする。バージョン番号は、ハイフンに続けて Debian パッケージリビジョンを"
"指定してもよいし、省略してもよい。バージョン関係を示す記号としては、 "
"\"E<gt>E<gt>\" 「より新しい」、 \"E<lt>E<lt>\" 「より古い」、 \"E<gt>=\" 「同"
"じか新しい」、 \"E<lt>=\" 「同じか古い」、 \"=\" 「同じ」がある。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:152
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Breaks:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the "
"named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not "
"allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to "
"upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field."
msgstr ""
"このパッケージと衝突するパッケージのリスト。例えば同じファイル名をもっている"
"場合など。パッケージ管理ソフトウェアは衝突しているパッケージ同士を同時にイン"
"ストールできないようにしている。二つの衝突しているパッケージがそれぞれがお互"
"いを B<Conflicts> に書いておくべきである。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:168
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
msgstr ""
"このパッケージと衝突するパッケージのリスト。例えば同じファイル名をもっている"
"場合など。パッケージ管理ソフトウェアは衝突しているパッケージ同士を同時にイン"
"ストールできないようにしている。二つの衝突しているパッケージがそれぞれがお互"
"いを B<Conflicts> に書いておくべきである。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:176
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
msgstr ""
"このパッケージが置き換えるファイルを含むパッケージのリスト。このパッケージが"
"他のパッケージのファイルを上書きするのを許すために使われる。また衝突している"
"パッケージと同じファイルを含んでいる場合 B<Conflicts> フィールドと共に使うこ"
"とで他のパッケージを強制的に削除することを指示するために使われる。"

#. type: TP
#: deb-control.5:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:186
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service.  For "
"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. "
"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the "
"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate "
"the list."
msgstr ""
"このパッケージが提供する仮想パッケージのリスト。通常はこれは複数のパッケージ"
"がまったく同じサービスを提供している場合に使われる。例えば、 sendmail と "
"exim は共にメールサーバとしての機能を提供しているので、これらは共通のパッケー"
"ジ (`mail-transport-agent') を提供し、他のパッケージは この `mail-transport-"
"agent' に依存するようにしておく。こうすることで、 sendmail も exim も依存関係"
"を満たすようにすることができる。これによりメールサーバに依存するパッケージ"
"が、メールサーバとなるパッケージ全てのパッケージ名を知る必要もなく、また `|' "
"を使って列挙する必要もなくなる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:205
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
#| "package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace).  In the "
#| "B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
#| "can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
#| "B<Replaces> fields."
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list "
"of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace).  In the "
"B<Breaks> and B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as `OR'. An "
"optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for the "
"B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
msgstr ""
"B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces>, B<Provides> はパッケージ名をコンマで区切って表記す"
"る (空白はあってもかまわない)。 B<Conflicts> フィールドの中では、コンマは "
"`OR' と解釈できる。 B<Conflicts> と B<Replaces> フィールドでは、上記のフィー"
"ルドと同じ表記でバージョンも指定することができる。"

#. type: SH
#: deb-control.5:206 start-stop-daemon.8:273
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "例"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:229
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
"Section: base\n"
"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
"Architecture: sparc\n"
"Version: 2.4-1\n"
"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n"
"Provides: rgrep\n"
"Conflicts: rgrep\n"
"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
" will run more slowly, however).\n"
msgstr ""
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
"Section: base\n"
"Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
"Architecture: sparc\n"
"Version: 2.4-1\n"
"Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n"
"Provides: rgrep\n"
"Conflicts: rgrep\n"
"Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
" will run more slowly, however).\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:237
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: deb-split.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "deb-split"
msgstr "dpkg suite"

#. type: TH
#: deb-split.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "2006-02-28"
msgid "2010-01-28"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:4
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format"
msgstr "deb - Debian バイナリパッケージ形式"

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:9
msgid ""
"The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller "
"pieces to ease transport in small media."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:12
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>.  The "
"file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
msgstr ""
"このファイルはマジックナンバー B<!E<lt>archE<gt>> を持つ B<ar> アーカイブであ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:21
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of "
#| "lines, separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the "
#| "format version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written.  "
#| "Programs which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor "
#| "number to be increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore "
#| "these if this is the case."
msgid ""
"The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, "
"separated by newlines. Currently seven lines are present.  The first is the "
"format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written. The "
"second is the package name. The third is the package version. The fourth is "
"the md5sum of the package.  The fifth is the total size of the package. The "
"sixth is the maximum part size. The seventh is the current part number, "
"followed by a slash and the total amount of parts (as in \\(oq1/10\\(cq)."
msgstr ""
"B<.deb> に含まれる第 1 のメンバーは B<debian-binary> という名称で、改行で区切"
"られた数行から成る。現在は一行だけであり、deb 形式バージョン番号が与えられ"
"る。このマニュアルが書かれた時点では B<2.0> である。新形式のアーカイブを読み"
"込むプログラムは、マイナーバージョン番号が上がった場合や、新しい行が追加され"
"ている場合を想定しておかなければならない。もし、これに該当する場合はこれらを"
"無視すること。"

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:24
msgid ""
"Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for additional "
"lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is the case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
#| "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able "
#| "to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the "
#| "archive (except at the end), as described below."
msgid ""
"If the version number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
"(except at the end), as described below."
msgstr ""
"メジャー番号が変更されている場合、互換性のない変更がなされているためプログラ"
"ムは停止しなければならない。メジャー番号が変更されていない場合は、アーカイブ"
"に予期しないメンバーが含まれていない限り(アーカイブの最後に含まれる場合を除"
"く)、プログラムは安全に実行を継続できる。これについては、以下で説明する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:32
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar.gz>.  It contains the "
#| "filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive."
msgid ""
"The second, last required member is named B<data.>N, where N denotes the "
"part number. It contains the raw part data."
msgstr ""
"最後の 3 番目に要請されるメンバーは B<data.tar.gz> というファイル名を持ち、"
"ファイルシステムアーカイブを gzip 圧縮 tar 形式として含む。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:37
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
"ignore any additional members after B<data.>N.  Further members may be "
"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two."
msgstr ""
"これらのメンバーは上に示した順序で現れなければならない。将来、追加メンバーが"
"定義された場合、可能ならばこれら 3 つのメンバーの後に配置されるであろう。現在"
"の実装では、B<data.tar.gz> 以後のいかなる追加メンバーも無視される。将来におい"
"て B<data.tar.gz> の前に挿入する必要があり、それ以前のプログラムが安全に無視"
"することのできる追加メンバーを定義するには、そのメンバーはアンダースコア "
"`B<_>' で始まる名前を持てばよい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-split.5:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: deb-version.5:5
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "deb-version"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: TH
#: deb-version.5:5 dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-genchanges.1:1
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 dpkg-name.1:6
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2008-08-18"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format"
msgstr ""
"deb-control - Debian パッケージのマスターコントロールファイルフォーマット"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:11
msgid "[ I<epoch>:] I<upstream_version> [-I<debian_revision> ]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:14
msgid ""
"Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of "
"three components. These are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-version.5:14
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<epoch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:20
msgid ""
"This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer.  It may be omitted, in "
"which case zero is assumed.  If it is omitted then the I<upstream_version> "
"may not contain any colons."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:24
msgid ""
"It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of "
"a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be "
"left behind."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-version.5:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<upstream_version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:34
msgid ""
"This is the main part of the version number.  It is usually the version "
"number of the original (\"upstream\")  package from which the I<.deb> file "
"has been made, if this is applicable.  Usually this will be in the same "
"format as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to "
"be reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and "
"comparison scheme."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:39
msgid ""
"The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the "
"I<upstream_version> is described below.  The I<upstream_version> portion of "
"the version number is mandatory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:48
msgid ""
"The I<upstream_version> may contain only alphanumerics (\"A-Za-z0-9\") and "
"the characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, "
"tilde) and should start with a digit.  If there is no I<debian_revision> "
"then hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not "
"allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-version.5:48
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I<debian_revision>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:57
msgid ""
"This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package "
"based on the upstream version.  It may contain only alphanumerics and the "
"characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the "
"same way as the I<upstream_version> is."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:64
msgid ""
"It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream_version> may not "
"contain a hyphen.  This format represents the case where a piece of software "
"was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is "
"only one \"debianisation\" of it and therefore no revision indication is "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:68
msgid ""
"It is conventional to restart the I<debian_revision> at '1' each time time "
"the I<upstream_version> is increased."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:76
msgid ""
"Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string "
"(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream_version> and "
"I<debian_revision>.  The absence of a I<debian_revision> compares earlier "
"than the presence of one (but note that the I<debian_revision> is the least "
"significant part of the version number)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: deb-version.5:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "Sorting Algorithm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:80
msgid ""
"The I<upstream_version> and I<debian_revision> parts are compared by the "
"package management system using the same algorithm:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:82
msgid "The strings are compared from left to right."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:92
msgid ""
"First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit "
"characters is determined.  These two parts (one of which may be empty) are "
"compared lexically.  If a difference is found it is returned.  The lexical "
"comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters "
"sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before "
"anything, even the end of a part.  For example, the following parts are in "
"sorted order: '~~', '~~a', '~', the empty part, 'a'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:100
msgid ""
"Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists "
"entirely of digit characters is determined.  The numerical values of these "
"two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result "
"of the comparison.  For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur "
"at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:104
msgid ""
"These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and "
"initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both "
"strings are exhausted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:112
msgid ""
"Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in "
"version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering "
"scheme changes.  It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers "
"containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot "
"interpret (such as 'ALPHA' or 'pre-'), or with silly orderings."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-version.5:112 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "CAVEATS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:116
msgid ""
"The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in "
"dpkg, version 1.10 and some parts of dpkg-dev only gained support for it "
"later in the 1.10.x series."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)"
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."

#. type: SH
#: deb-version.5:120 dpkg.1:776 dpkg-buildpackage.1:256 dpkg-distaddfile.1:47
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:148 dpkg-gencontrol.1:142 dpkg-gensymbols.1:455
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:128 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:123
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:331 dpkg-source.1:706 dselect.1:458
#: start-stop-daemon.8:294 update-alternatives.8:487
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "著者"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 1996,1997,1998 Ian Jackson and Christian Schwarz"
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:124 dpkg-buildpackage.1:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007 Frank Lichtenheld"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-version.5:126 deb-substvars.5:167 dpkg-buildflags.1:125
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:266 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:44 dpkg-distaddfile.1:53
#: dpkg-deb.1:256 dpkg-divert.8:129 dpkg-genchanges.1:154
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:150 dpkg-gensymbols.1:459 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:139
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:71 dpkg-name.1:107 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:131
#: dpkg-query.1:207 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:341 dpkg-source.1:714 dpkg-split.1:233
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:86 dpkg-vendor.1:53 update-alternatives.8:494
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."

#. type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-old"
msgstr "deb-old"

#. type: TH
#: deb-old.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:4
msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format"
msgstr "deb-old - Debian バイナリパッケージ旧形式フォーマット"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:17
msgid ""
"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
"(5)  for details of the new format."
msgstr ""
"B<.deb> フォーマットは Debian バイナリパッケージのファイル形式である。このマ"
"ニュアルでは、Debian 0.93 以前に使用されていた B<旧形式> について記述する。新"
"形式の詳細については B<deb>(5) を参照されたい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:21
msgid ""
"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
"concatenated gzipped ustar files."
msgstr ""
"2 行の ASCII テキストによるフォーマット情報があり、それに 2 つの gzip 圧縮さ"
"れた ustar ファイルが続く。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:25
msgid ""
"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
msgstr ""
"1 行目は 8 桁にそろえたフォーマットバージョン番号であり、旧形式アーカイブはす"
"べて B<0.939000> である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:28
msgid ""
"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
"length of the first gzipped tarfile."
msgstr ""
"2 行目はひとつ目の gzip 圧縮 tar ファイルの大きさを与える(0 から始まらない) "
"十進数である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:30
msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
msgstr "それぞれの行の終わりは改行文字ひとつである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:35
msgid ""
"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
"information."
msgstr ""
"1 番目の tar ファイルは、制御情報を平文ファイル群として含む。B<control> ファ"
"イルは必須であり、中心となる制御情報を含む。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:46
msgid ""
"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry "
"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
msgstr ""
"非常に古いアーカイブでは、 control tar ファイル中のファイルが B<DEBIAN> サブ"
"ディレクトリにあることもある。この場合、 control tar ファイルにも B<DEBIAN> "
"サブディレクトリが存在し、 control tar ファイルはそのディレクトリ内にのみファ"
"イルを保有する。 control tar ファイルは、 `B<.>', つまりカレントディレクトリ"
"にファイルを含むこともある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:50
msgid ""
"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
"pathnames do not have leading slashes."
msgstr ""
"2 番目の gzip 圧縮 tar ファイルはファイルシステムアーカイブであり、インストー"
"ルされるシステムのルートディレクトリからの相対パス名を含んでいる。パス名の先"
"頭にスラッシュ(/)はない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-old.5:54
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."

#. type: TH
#: deb-override.5:15
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "deb-override"
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride"

#. type: TH
#: deb-override.5:15
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-07"
msgstr "2006-04-09"

#. type: TH
#: deb-override.5:15 deb-extra-override.5:1 deb-shlibs.5:16 deb-substvars.5:2
#: deb-symbols.5:2 deb-triggers.5:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-distaddfile.1:1
#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-genchanges.1:1 dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 dpkg-gensymbols.1:2
#: dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:15
#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg utilities"
msgstr "dpkg utilities"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:18
msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:21 deb-extra-override.5:7
#, fuzzy
msgid "override"
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:27
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
#| "some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the "
#| "maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release "
#| "rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package.  This "
#| "information is found in the override file."
msgid ""
"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
"some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the "
"maintainer in order to offer some global consistency.  This information is "
"found in the override file."
msgstr ""
"パッケージに関するほとんどの情報は control ファイルで見つけることができるが、"
"いくつかはメンテナではなくディストリビューション作成者により、それらの情報を"
"与える必要がある。パッケージの実際の依存関係や説明よりも、リリースにむけて"
"ファイルをどう配置するかに関係してくるからである。これらの情報は override "
"ファイルにある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:31
msgid ""
"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""
"override ファイルは簡単な空白で区切られた形式になっている。コメントも許されて"
"いる(B<#> 以降がコメント)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:37
msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]"
msgstr "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:42
msgid ""
"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored."
msgstr ""
"I<package> はパッケージ名である。override ファイルにあるがバイナリパッケージ"
"のツリーにはないパッケージ名のエントリは無視される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:48
msgid ""
"I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields "
"available in the .deb. The allowed values are listed in the Debian policy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:56
msgid ""
"I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an "
"unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> "
"to perform a substitution."
msgstr ""
"I<maintainerinfo> がもしあればメンテナの名前を無条件に上書きできる。もしくは "
"I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> の場合は置換される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:61
msgid ""
"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
msgstr ""
"公式の Packages リストを作成するために使われている override ファイルは、 "
"Debian ミラーの I<indices> ディレクトリにある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-override.5:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</"
"usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: deb-extra-override.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "deb-extra-override"
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride"

#. type: TH
#: deb-extra-override.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-08-16"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:4
msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:12
msgid ""
"While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the "
"control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to "
"Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
#| "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
msgid ""
"The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments "
"are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""
"override ファイルは簡単な空白で区切られた形式になっている。コメントも許されて"
"いる(B<#> 以降がコメント)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:21
#, fuzzy
msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:25
msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:31
msgid ""
"I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden.  I<value> is the "
"value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line is split in no "
"more than 3 columns when it's parsed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found "
#| "in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
msgid ""
"The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be "
"found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
msgstr ""
"公式の Packages リストを作成するために使われている override ファイルは、 "
"Debian ミラーの I<indices> ディレクトリにある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-extra-override.5:40
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: deb-shlibs.5:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-shlibs"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: deb-shlibs.5:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2008-02-17"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:19
msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:29
msgid ""
"B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<sonames>)  to "
"dependencies suitable for a package control file.  There is one entry per "
"line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed.  Lines beginning with an B<#> "
"character are considered commentary, and are ignored.  All other lines must "
"have the format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:34
msgid "[I<type:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:38
msgid ""
"The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the "
"I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line.  The I<type> field is "
"optional and normally not needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:40
msgid "See the Debian Policy Manual for further details."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-shlibs.5:41 deb-symbols.5:43 dpkg.1:707 dpkg-architecture.1:257
#: dpkg-divert.8:91 dpkg-name.1:64 update-alternatives.8:452
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "例"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:50
msgid ""
"The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that "
"provides one library whose soname is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:52
msgid "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:60
msgid ""
"The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that "
"added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were "
"added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>.  This is not the only reason the "
"dependencies might need to be tightened; again, see the Debian Policy Manual "
"for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-shlibs.5:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>"

#. type: TH
#: deb-substvars.5:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"

#. type: TH
#: deb-substvars.5:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-07-15"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:5
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "substvars"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:19
msgid ""
"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>)  they "
"perform some variable substitutions on the output file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:26
msgid ""
"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>.  Variable "
"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an "
"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are "
"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look "
"for more substitutions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:33
msgid ""
"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<"
"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:38
msgid ""
"While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those "
"fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not "
"yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> "
"and B<Architecture> fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:45
msgid ""
"Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have "
"been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you "
"do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly "
"when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is "
"set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following "
"field:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:50
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" Description: foo application\n"
"  ${Description}\n"
"  .\n"
"  More text.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:52
msgid "It will result in:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" Description: foo application\n"
"  foo is bar.\n"
"  foo is great.\n"
"  .\n"
"  More text.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:71
msgid ""
"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form "
"I<name>B<=>I<value>.  Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and "
"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:73
msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Arch>"
msgstr "B<-h>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:77
msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:77
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<source:Version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "The source package version."
msgstr "パッケージの短い説明文"

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:84
msgid ""
"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if "
"any."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<binary:Version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:88
msgid ""
"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU "
"for example)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source-Version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:93
msgid ""
"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now "
"B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the "
"B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:93
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
msgstr "B<installed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:102
msgid ""
"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into "
"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of "
"that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k "
"debian/tmp> to find the default value."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:111
msgid ""
"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
"B<Installed-Size> control file field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:111
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:118
msgid ""
"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the "
"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
"on places where they are expanded explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Format>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:128
msgid ""
"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
"field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:131
msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:135
msgid ""
"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:135
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:138
msgid "The upstream version of dpkg."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:138
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:141
msgid "The full version of dpkg."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:144
msgid ""
"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
"empty value is assumed."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: deb-substvars.5:145 dpkg.1:620 dpkg-architecture.1:279 dpkg.cfg.5:12
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:103 dpkg-distaddfile.1:39 dpkg-divert.8:112
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:138 dpkg-gencontrol.1:128 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:115
#: dpkg-split.1:212 dpkg-statoverride.8:69 dselect.cfg.5:12
#: update-alternatives.8:355
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "ファイル"

#. type: TP
#: deb-substvars.5:146
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
msgstr "使用できるパッケージの一覧。"

#. type: SH
#: deb-substvars.5:150 dpkg.1:773 dpkg-buildpackage.1:244 dpkg-deb.1:225
#: dpkg-name.1:85 dpkg-source.1:698 dpkg-split.1:197 dselect.1:436
#: update-alternatives.8:479
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "バグ"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:153 dpkg-source.1:701
msgid ""
"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
"output field settings is rather confused."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>"
"(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."

#. type: SH
#: deb-substvars.5:161 dpkg-architecture.1:298 dpkg.cfg.5:19
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:120 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:40 dpkg-deb.1:252
#: dpkg-divert.8:125 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:66 dpkg-name.1:103
#: dpkg-query.1:202 dpkg-scansources.1:77 dpkg-split.1:229
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:82 dpkg-vendor.1:48 dselect.cfg.5:19
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-#    #-#-#-#-#\n"
"作者\n"
"#-#-#-#-#    #-#-#-#-#\n"
"著者"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:163 dpkg-buildpackage.1:258 dpkg-distaddfile.1:49
#: dpkg-deb.1:254 dpkg-genchanges.1:150 dpkg-gencontrol.1:144
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:125 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:333 dpkg-source.1:708
#: dpkg-split.1:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 1995-1996 Ian Jackson"
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:165 dpkg-buildpackage.1:260 dpkg-distaddfile.1:51
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:152 dpkg-gencontrol.1:146 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:127
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:335 dpkg-source.1:710 dpkg-statoverride.8:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"

#. type: TH
#: deb-symbols.5:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "deb-symbols"
msgstr "deb-old"

#. type: TH
#: deb-symbols.5:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2007-07-16"
msgstr "2006-06-17"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:5
msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:8
msgid "symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:12
msgid ""
"The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in "
"these files is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:14
msgid "E<lt>library sonameE<gt> E<lt>main dependency templateE<gt>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:16
msgid "[ | E<lt>alternative dependency templateE<gt> ]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:18
msgid "[ ... ]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:20
msgid "[ * E<lt>field-nameE<gt>: E<lt>field valueE<gt> ]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:23
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[ ... ]\n"
" E<lt>symbolE<gt> E<lt>minimal versionE<gt>[ E<lt>id of dependency templateE<gt> ]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:29
msgid ""
"The I<library soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported "
"by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> "
"is dynamically replaced either by a version check like \"(E<gt>= I<minimal "
"version>)\" or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed "
"sufficient)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:36
msgid ""
"Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being "
"\"Base\" if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal "
"version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is used if "
"I<id of dependency template> is not present). The first alternative "
"dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:43
msgid ""
"Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information.  "
"Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the "
"only valid field is I<Build-Depends-Package>, it indicates the name of the "
"\"-dev\" package associated to the library and is used by dpkg-shlibdeps to "
"make sure that the dependency generated is at least as strict as the "
"corresponding build dependency."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: deb-symbols.5:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "Simple symbols file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:50
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n"
" DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
" FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
" [...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: deb-symbols.5:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "Advanced symbols file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:53
msgid "libGL.so.1 libgl1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:55
msgid "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:61
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n"
" publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n"
" [...]\n"
" implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n"
" [...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:63
msgid "B<http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-symbols.5:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>"

#. type: TH
#: deb-triggers.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "deb-triggers"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: TH
#: deb-triggers.5:1 dpkg-trigger.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-03-15"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:4
msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:7
msgid "triggers"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:12
msgid ""
"A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a "
"I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during "
"package creation)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:16
msgid ""
"This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace "
"and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty "
"lines will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:18
msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:22
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:27
msgid ""
"Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers "
"in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the "
"triggers control file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:31
msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:37
msgid ""
"Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified "
"trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following "
"operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a "
"conflicting package), purge and deconfigure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:45
msgid ""
"If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the "
"trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of "
"the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to "
"installed, does not cause activations.  In the case of unpack, triggers "
"mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:48
msgid ""
"Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the "
"package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: deb-triggers.5:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg"
msgstr "dpkg"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "2006-02-28"
msgid "2010-06-02"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-buildflags.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1
#: dpkg-trigger.1:1 dpkg-vendor.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg suite"
msgstr "dpkg suite"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:4
msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
msgstr "dpkg - Debian パッケージマネージャ"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:8
msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "WARNING"
msgstr "警告"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:13
msgid ""
"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
"--help>."
msgstr ""
"このマニュアルは、B<dpkg> のコマンドライン・オプションやパッケージ状態につい"
"て、B<dpkg --help> で得られる情報よりもさらに詳細に理解したい利用者のために書"
"かれたものである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:18
msgid ""
"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
msgstr ""
"パッケージ管理者は、B<dpkg> がどのようにパッケージをインストールするのかを理"
"解するという目的では、このマニュアルをI<読まない>ほうがよい。パッケージをイン"
"ストールするときや削除するときの B<dpkg> の動作に関する記述は、特に不充分であ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:26
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<aptitude>(1). "
"B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
"tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in "
"some way."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> は、Debian パッケージの、インストール、構築、削除、管理をするための"
"ツールである。B<dselect>(1) は、B<dpkg> の代表的なフロントエンドで、よりユー"
"ザフレンドリなツールである。B<dpkg> は、コマンドライン引き数によって完全に制"
"御することができる。コマンドライン引き数は、1 つのアクションと、0 個以上のオ"
"プションとで構成される。アクションパラメータは、B<dpkg> に何をさせるのかを指"
"定し、オプションはそのアクションのふるまいを制御する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:31
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1).  The following "
"are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs "
"B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:"
msgstr ""
"また、B<dpkg> は B<dpkg-deb>(1) のフロントエンドとしても使うことができる。以"
"下のアクションは B<dpkg-deb> のアクションであり、B<dpkg> にこれらを引き数とし"
"て与えると、B<dpkg-deb> に同じ引き数を与えて起動する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
"    B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
"    B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
"    B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
"    B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
"    B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
"    B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n"
"    B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
msgstr ""
"    B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
"    B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
"    B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
"    B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
"    B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
"    B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
"    B<-X>, B<--vextract>,\n"
"    B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:42
msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions."
msgstr "これらのアクションについては、B<dpkg-deb>(1) にくわしい情報がある。"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
msgstr "パッケージに関する情報"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:48
msgid ""
"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> は、いくつかの利用可能なパッケージに関する有用な情報を管理している。"
"この情報は、B<パッケージ状態>、B<パッケージ選択状態>、そしてB<フラグ>の 3 つ"
"に分類できる。これらの値は主に B<dselect> によって変更される。"

#. type: SS
#: dpkg.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE STATES"
msgstr "パッケージ状態"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<not-installed>"
msgstr "B<not-installed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:52
msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
msgstr "パッケージはシステムにインストールされていない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<config-files>"
msgstr "B<config-files>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:55
msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
msgstr "パッケージの設定ファイルだけが存在している。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<half-installed>"
msgstr "B<half-installed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:59
msgid ""
"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
"reason."
msgstr ""
"パッケージのインストールは開始しているが、何らかの理由で完了していない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<unpacked>"
msgstr "B<unpacked>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:62
msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
msgstr "パッケージは展開されたが、設定はされていない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<half-configured>"
msgstr "B<half-configured>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:66
msgid ""
"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
"completed for some reason."
msgstr ""
"パッケージは展開され、設定も開始しているが何らかの理由によって完了していな"
"い。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:69
msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package has been triggered."
msgstr "パッケージの展開と設定が完了している。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<installed>"
msgstr "B<installed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:75
msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK."
msgstr "パッケージの展開と設定が完了している。"

#. type: SS
#: dpkg.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES"
msgstr "パッケージ選択状態"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<install>"
msgstr "B<install>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:79
msgid "The package is selected for installation."
msgstr "パッケージはインストールするように選択されている。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<hold>"
msgstr "B<hold>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:83
msgid ""
"A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced "
"to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
msgstr ""
"パッケージは B<hold> (変更禁止)されている。これは B<--force-hold> で強制しな"
"い限り B<dpkg> で扱わないということである。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<deinstall>"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:87
msgid ""
"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
"files, except configuration files)."
msgstr ""
"パッケージは deinstallation するように選択されている(設定ファイルを除くすべて"
"のファイルを削除したい)。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<purge>"
msgstr "B<purge>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:91
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, "
#| "even configuration files)."
msgid ""
"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from "
"system directories, even configuration files)."
msgstr ""
"パッケージは purge するように選択されている(設定ファイルも含めたすべてのファ"
"イルを削除したい)。"

#. type: SS
#: dpkg.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS"
msgstr "パッケージフラグ"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<reinst-required>"
msgstr "B<reinst-required>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:97
msgid ""
"A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. "
"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
"reinstreq>."
msgstr ""
"パッケージは B<reinst-required> されている。これは、壊れている状態でインス"
"トールされていて、再インストールが要求されているということである。このパッ"
"ケージは B<--force-reinstreq> で強制しない限り、削除することができない。"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS"
msgstr "アクション"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:99
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package_file>..."
msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<package_file>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:103
msgid ""
"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
"I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"指定したパッケージをインストールする。もし B<--recursive> または B<-R> オプ"
"ションを指定する場合、I<package_file> に、参照するディレクトリを指定しなけれ"
"ばならない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:105
msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "インストールは、以下の手順で構成されている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:108
msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
msgstr "B<1.> インストールするパッケージの制御ファイルを取り出す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:112
msgid ""
"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
msgstr ""
"B<2.> もし同じパッケージの別のバージョンがすでにインストール済みの場合、新し"
"いパッケージのインストールの前に、インストール済みのパッケージの I<prerm> ス"
"クリプトを実行する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:115
msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
msgstr ""
"B<3.> もしパッケージが I<preinst> スクリプトを提供している場合、それを実行す"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:119
msgid ""
"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so "
"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
msgstr ""
"B<4.> 新しいファイルを展開する。同時に、失敗したときに元に戻せるように、古い"
"ファイルを保存する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:126
msgid ""
"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
msgstr ""
"B<5.> もし同じパッケージの別のバージョンがすでにインストール済みの場合、先に"
"インストールされていたパッケージの I<postrm> を実行する。このスクリプトが、新"
"しいパッケージの I<preinst> の後に実行されることに注意すること。これは、新し"
"いファイルが書き込まれるのと同時に古いファイルが削除されるためである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:130
msgid ""
"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
"about how this is done."
msgstr ""
"B<6.> パッケージの設定をする。これがどのように実行されるか、 B<--configure> "
"の項にくわしい情報がある。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:130
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--unpack >I<package_file>..."
msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<package_file> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:135
msgid ""
"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"パッケージを展開する、しかし設定はしない。もし B<--recursive> または B<-R> オ"
"プションを指定する場合、I<Package_file> に、参照するディレクトリを指定しなけ"
"ればならない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:135
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--configure >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given "
#| "instead of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are "
#| "configured."
msgid ""
"Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured.  If B<-"
"a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but "
"unconfigured packages are configured."
msgstr ""
"展開済みのパッケージを再設定する。もし、B<-a> または B<--pending> を指定した"
"場合、まだ設定されていない展開済みのすべてのパッケージを設定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:144
msgid ""
"To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the B<dpkg-"
"reconfigure>(8)  command instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:146
msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "設定は、以下の手順で構成されている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, "
"so that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
msgstr ""
"B<1.> 設定ファイルを展開する。同時に、失敗したときに元に戻せるように、古い設"
"定ファイルを保存する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:154
msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
msgstr ""
"B<2.> もしパッケージが I<postinst> スクリプトを提供している場合、それを実行す"
"る。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:154
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:161
msgid ""
"Processes only triggers. All pending triggers will be processed. If package "
"names are supplied only those packages' triggers will be processed, exactly "
"once each where necessary. Use of this option may leave packages in the "
"improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be "
"fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:161
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove>, B<-P>, B<--purge >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<package> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
"conffiles. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it is "
"reinstalled later. (Conffiles are configuration files that are listed in the "
"I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
"including conffiles. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a package "
"name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or purged in file "
"I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively. Note: some "
"configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they are created and "
"handled separately through the configuration scripts. In that case, B<dpkg> "
"won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> script (which is "
"called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal during purge. Of "
"course, this only applies to files in system directories, not configuration "
"files written to individual users' home directories."
msgstr ""
"インストール済みのパッケージを削除する。B<-r> または B<--remove> は、設定ファ"
"イルを除いたすべてを削除する。こうすることで、後で再インストールしたときに再"
"設定をしなくてよくなる(設定ファイルの一覧は、I<debian/conffiles> コントロール"
"ファイルにある)。B<-P> または B<--purge> は、設定ファイルを含むすべてを削除す"
"る。引き数として、パッケージ名の代わりに B<-a> または B<--pending> が指定され"
"た場合には、I</var/lib/dpkg/status> ファイルで remove または purge のマークを"
"持つすべての展開済みパッケージを、それぞれ remove または purge する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:180
msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
msgstr "パッケージの削除は以下の手順で構成されている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:183
msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
msgstr "B<1.> I<prerm> スクリプトを実行する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:186
msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
msgstr "B<2.> インストールしたファイルを削除する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:189
msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
msgstr "B<3.> I<postrm> スクリプトを実行する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:190
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:199
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
"distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
"record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> や B<dselect> が管理する利用可能なパッケージの情報を更新する。B<--"
"merge-avail> アクションは、古い情報に I<Packages-file> の情報を組み合わせる。"
"B<--update-avail> アクションは、古い情報を I<Packages-file> の情報で置き換え"
"る。Debian と一緒に配布されている I<Packages-file> の名前は簡単に "
"I<Packages> である。B<dpkg> は、利用可能なパッケージの情報を I</var/lib/dpkg/"
"available> に記録する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:204
msgid ""
"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
"B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use "
"B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track "
"of available packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package_file>..."
msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<package_file> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:210
msgid ""
"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
"information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
"option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> や B<dselect> が管理する利用可能なパッケージの情報を、"
"I<package_file> パッケージからの情報で更新する。もし B<--recursive> または "
"B<-R> オプションを指定する場合、I<Package_file> に、参照するディレクトリを指"
"定しなければならない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:210
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:214
msgid ""
"Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled "
"unavailable packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:214
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--clear-avail>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:217
msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
msgstr "利用可能なパッケージの情報を消去する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:217
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:222
msgid ""
"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
"system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
msgstr ""
"インストールが完了していないパッケージを探す。B<dpkg> はインストールを完了さ"
"せるためにどうすればよいかを提案する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:222
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, "
"non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged)  will "
"not be shown."
msgstr ""
"パッケージ選択リストを標準出力に書き出す。パターンを指定しない場合、purge 状"
"態のパッケージは表示されない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:227 update-alternatives.8:300
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set-selections>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:233
msgid ""
"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
"the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning "
"with '#' are also permitted."
msgstr ""
"パッケージ選択リストを標準入力から読み込んで設定する。ファイルの形式は "
"'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>' でなければならない。state は、install、"
"hold、deinstall または purge のいずれかである。空行や、行が '#' で始まるコメ"
"ント行を使用してもよい。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:233
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--clear-selections>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-selections>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:238
msgid ""
"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall.  This "
"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any "
"packages not in list given to --set-selections."
msgstr ""
"essential でないパッケージすべての選択状態を deinstall にする。--set-"
"selections に与えるリストにないパッケージを deinstall するため、--set-"
"selections の直前に使うためのものである。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:238
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:242
msgid ""
"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
"still haven't been installed."
msgstr ""
"インストールするために選択されたが、何らかの理由でまだインストールされていな"
"いパッケージを探す。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:243
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:246
msgid ""
"Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")."
msgstr "B<dpkg> のインストールするアーキテクチャ(例えば、\"i386\")を表示する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:246
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:257
msgid ""
"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
"in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
"as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
"version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
"E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
msgstr ""
"二項演算子 I<op> で 2 つのバージョンを比較する。B<dpkg> の返り値は、指定した"
"条件を満たすなら成功(0)、そうでなければ失敗(0 以外)となる。演算子は 2 つのグ"
"ループに分かれる。これは I<ver1> か I<ver2> が欠けているときのふるまいの違い"
"による。B<lt le eq ne ge gt> は、欠けているバージョンがどれよりも古いとみな"
"す。B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl> は、欠けているバージョンがどれよりも新しいとみ"
"なす。B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> は、control ファイ"
"ルの文法との互換性のためだけに提供されている。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:257
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--command-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Note: "
"additional options set on the command line, and through this file "
"descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same "
"run."
msgstr ""
"ファイル記述子 B<E<lt>nE<gt>> から一連のコマンドをうけいれる。注意: 追加のオ"
"プションはコマンドラインとこのファイル記述子を通じて指定でき、一回の実行を通"
"じてそれらがリセットされることはない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:262 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-buildflags.1:71 dpkg-divert.8:71
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:38 dpkg-scansources.1:67 dpkg-statoverride.8:45
#: dpkg-vendor.1:28 dselect.1:121 update-alternatives.8:317
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:265
msgid "Display a brief help message."
msgstr "簡単なオプション一覧を表示する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:265
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force-help>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:268
msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
msgstr "B<--force->I<thing> オプション一覧を表示する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:268
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:271
msgid "Give help about debugging options."
msgstr "デバッグ用オプション一覧を表示する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:271 dpkg-architecture.1:64 dpkg-buildflags.1:74
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:226 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:36 dpkg-distaddfile.1:35
#: dpkg-deb.1:166 dpkg-divert.8:74 dpkg-genchanges.1:134 dpkg-gencontrol.1:124
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:441 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:41 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36
#: dpkg-query.1:107 dpkg-scanpackages.1:100 dpkg-scansources.1:69
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:220 dpkg-source.1:93 dpkg-split.1:130
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:48 dpkg-trigger.1:34 dpkg-vendor.1:31 dselect.1:124
#: update-alternatives.8:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:274
msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
msgstr "B<dpkg> のバージョン情報を表示する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:274
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:277
msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions."
msgstr "以下のアクションのくわしい情報は B<dpkg-deb>(1) を参照すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:297
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
"    Build a deb package.\n"
"B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
"    List contents of a deb package.\n"
"B<-e>, B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n"
"    Extract control-information from a package.\n"
"B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
"    Extract the files contained by package.\n"
"B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
"    Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
"    package.\n"
"B<-f>, B<--field>  I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
"    Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
"B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
"    Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n"
"    Debian package.\n"
"B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
"    Show information about a package.\n"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<directory> [I<filename>]\n"
"    deb パッケージを構築する。\n"
"B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<filename>\n"
"    deb パッケージに含まれるファイル一覧を表示する。\n"
"B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n"
"    パッケージから制御情報を取り出す。\n"
"B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<filename directory>\n"
"    パッケージに含まれるファイルをすべて取り出す。\n"
"B<dpkg -f> | B<--field>  I<filename> [I<control-field>] ...\n"
"    パッケージの制御フィールドを表示する。\n"
"B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<filename>\n"
"    Debian パッケージに含まれる tar ファイルを表示する。\n"
"B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<filename> [I<control-file>]\n"
"    パッケージに関する情報を表示する。\n"
"B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<filename> I<directory>\n"
"    パッケージに含まれるファイルを展開し、ファイル名を表示する。\n"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:299
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query actions>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:302
msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions."
msgstr "以下のアクションの詳細は、B<dpkg-query>(1) を参照すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:317
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
"    List packages matching given pattern.\n"
"B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
"    Report status of specified package.\n"
"B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
"    List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n"
"B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
"    Search for a filename from installed packages.\n"
"B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
"    Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n"
"    I</var/lib/dpkg/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n"
"    should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ...\n"
"    指定したパターンにマッチする名前のパッケージを表示する。\n"
"B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ...\n"
"    指定したパッケージの状態を報告する。\n"
"B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<package> ...\n"
"    B<package> パッケージによってシステムにインストールされたファイルを表示する。\n"
"B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ...\n"
"    指定したファイルがどのパッケージからインストールされたか検索する。\n"
"B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I<package>\n"
"    I</var/lib/dpkg/available> にある I<package> の詳細情報を表示する。\n"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:319 dpkg-architecture.1:68 dpkg-buildpackage.1:50
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18 dpkg-distaddfile.1:27 dpkg-deb.1:170
#: dpkg-divert.8:42 dpkg-genchanges.1:17 dpkg-gencontrol.1:37
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:364 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:27 dpkg-name.1:29
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:15 dpkg-query.1:111 dpkg-scanpackages.1:72
#: dpkg-scansources.1:45 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:108 dpkg-split.1:134
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:52 dpkg-trigger.1:38 dpkg-vendor.1:35 dselect.1:44
#: start-stop-daemon.8:100 update-alternatives.8:324
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "オプション"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:325
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
#| "configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the configuration "
#| "file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but "
#| "without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> or the files on the configuration "
"directory I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is "
"either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without "
"leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""
"すべてのオプションは、コマンドラインや、B<dpkg> の設定ファイルである I</etc/"
"dpkg/dpkg.cfg> で指定できる。設定ファイルの各行は、(先頭のダッシュが無いこと"
"以外はコマンドラインオプションと全く同じ)オプションか、(行頭が B<#> の)コメン"
"トである。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:326
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:329
msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50."
msgstr "B<dpkg> の処理を中断させるエラー数を変更する。デフォルトは 50 である。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:329
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:335
msgid ""
"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed "
"package."
msgstr ""
"パッケージを削除するとき、削除するパッケージに依存した別のパッケージがインス"
"トールされている場合がある。このオプションを指定すると、削除するパッケージに"
"依存しているパッケージの設定を取り消す。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:335
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:341
msgid ""
"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
msgstr ""
"デバッグモードにする。 I<octal> は、以下の一覧から望む値をビットごとの論理和"
"で組み合わせたものである(これらの値は、将来のリリースでは変更される可能性があ"
"るので注意すること)。B<-Dh> または B<--debug=help> はこれらの値を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:356
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    number  description\n"
"         1   Generally helpful progress information\n"
"         2   Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
"        10   Output for each file processed\n"
"       100   Lots of output for each file processed\n"
"        20   Output for each configuration file\n"
"       200   Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
"        40   Dependencies and conflicts\n"
"       400   Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
"     10000   Trigger activation and processing\n"
"     20000   Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
"     40000   Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
"      1000   Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n"
"      2000   Insane amounts of drivel\n"
msgstr ""
" 数値   説明\n"
"    1   一般的に役に立つ進行状況\n"
"    2   管理スクリプトの呼び出し状況と状態\n"
"   10   各ファイル処理の情報\n"
"  100   各ファイル処理の大量の情報\n"
"   20   各設定ファイルの情報\n"
"  200   各設定ファイルの大量の情報\n"
"   40   依存関係、競合関係\n"
"  400   依存関係、競合関係の大量の情報\n"
" 1000   dpkg/info ディレクトリなどに関する大量の情報\n"
" 2000   正気でないほどの大量の情報\n"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:356
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force->I<things>, B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:363
msgid ""
"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing)  to do some "
"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
"force-help> displays a message describing them.  Things marked with (*) are "
"forced by default."
msgstr ""
"指定した I<things> を強制実行する(force)、または拒否する(refuse) (B<no-"
"force> と B<refuse> は同じ意味)。I<things> に、以下の項目をコンマで区切って指"
"定する。B<--force-help> オプションでこれらの説明を表示する。(*)マークのあるも"
"のは、デフォルトで強制実行される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:367
msgid ""
"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
"system.>"
msgstr ""
"I<警告: これらのオプションは、おもに熟練したユーザだけが使うことを意図したも"
"のである。影響を完全に理解しないままにこれらを使うと、システム全体を壊してし"
"まうかもしれない。>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:370
msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options."
msgstr "B<all>: 全ての強制オプションを指定する(または打ち消す)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:373
msgid ""
"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
"installed."
msgstr ""
"B<downgrade>(*): より新しいバージョンがすでにインストールされていたとしても、"
"指定したパッケージをインストールする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:380
msgid ""
"I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
"and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
"some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
"essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
"with care.>"
msgstr ""
"I<警告: 現在の dpkg は、ダウングレード時にいかなる依存関係のチェックもしな"
"い。そのため、ダウングレードすることで、ほかのパッケージの依存関係を警告なし"
"に壊すかもしれない。これは深刻な副作用となる可能性があり、主要なシステム構成"
"をダウングレードすることでシステムを壊してしまうこともありうる。注意して使用"
"すること。>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:384
msgid ""
"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
"which the current package depends."
msgstr ""
"B<configure-any>: 指定したパッケージに依存していて、すでに展開されているが、"
"まだ設定されていないパッケージも一緒に設定をする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:387
msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
msgstr ""
"B<hold>: たとえ \"hold\" とマークされていても、そのパッケージの処理をする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:392
msgid ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<remove-reinstreq>: 壊れていて、再インストールが必要だとマークされていたとし"
"ても、パッケージを削除する。これにより、例えば、パッケージの一部が B<dpkg> に"
"管理されないで残るなどの問題がおこるかもしれない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:397
msgid ""
"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
msgstr ""
"B<remove-essential>: essential とされるパッケージであっても削除する。"
"essential パッケージには、たいてい最も基本的な UNIX コマンドが含まれる。これ"
"らのパッケージを削除すると、システム全体が動作しなくなることもあるので、注意"
"して削除すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:400
msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
msgstr "B<depends>: すべての依存問題を警告に変える。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:403
msgid ""
"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
msgstr "B<depends-version>: 依存関係の確認をするとき、バージョンを無視する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:406
msgid "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:410
msgid ""
"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
msgstr ""
"B<conflicts>: 他のパッケージと競合してもインストールする。たいていはいくつか"
"ファイルを上書きすることになるため、危険である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:415
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<confmiss>: Always install a missing conffile. This is dangerous, since it "
"means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
msgstr ""
"B<confmiss>: 常に、欠けている設定ファイルをインストールする。このオプション"
"は、変更(ファイルを削除したこと)を保存しないため、危険である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:420
msgid ""
"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version "
"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which "
"case the default action is preferred."
msgstr ""
"B<confnew>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、問い合わせなしに新しいバージョ"
"ンの設定ファイルをインストールする。ただし、B<--force-confdef> を同時に指定し"
"た場合は、デフォルトの動作が優先される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:425
msgid ""
"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which "
"case the default action is preferred."
msgstr ""
"B<confold>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、問い合わせなしに古いバージョン"
"の設定ファイルを保持する。ただし、B<--force-confdef> を同時に指定した場合は、"
"デフォルトの動作が優先される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:431
msgid ""
"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case "
"it will use that to decide the final action."
msgstr ""
"B<confdef>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、常にデフォルトの動作をする。デ"
"フォルトの動作がなく、B<--force-confnew> と B<--force-confold> のどちらも同時"
"に指定していない場合、ユーザに尋ねるために中断する。指定している場合は、指定"
"されたオプションによって最終的な動作が決まる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
#| "action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
#| "B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which "
#| "case it will use that to decide the final action."
msgid ""
"B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with "
"the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not "
"change. If any of B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-"
"confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the "
"final action."
msgstr ""
"B<confdef>: 設定ファイルが変更されていた場合、常にデフォルトの動作をする。デ"
"フォルトの動作がなく、B<--force-confnew> と B<--force-confold> のどちらも同時"
"に指定していない場合、ユーザに尋ねるために中断する。指定している場合は、指定"
"されたオプションによって最終的な動作が決まる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:441
msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite>: あるパッケージで提供されているファイルを、インストールするパッ"
"ケージのファイルで上書きする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:444
msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite-dir>: あるパッケージで提供されているディレクトリを、インストール"
"するパッケージのファイルで上書きする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:447
msgid ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
msgstr ""
"B<overwrite-diverted>: 退避(divert した)版のファイルを非退避(divert していな"
"い)版のファイルで上書きする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:450
msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
msgstr ""
"B<architecture>: パッケージが間違ったアーキテクチャ用であっても処理をする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:453
msgid ""
"B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
msgstr ""
"B<bad-path>: 重要なプログラムが B<PATH> に含まれていなくても実行する。問題が"
"起きる可能性は高い。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:456
msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
msgstr ""
"B<not-root>: root でないときでも、それをインストール(または削除)しようと試み"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:459
msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
msgstr "B<bad-verify>: 信頼性チェックに失敗してもインストールする。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:460
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:464
msgid ""
"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
msgstr ""
"指定したパッケージに関する依存関係の確認を無視する(実際は、依存関係を確認し、"
"競合に対して警告メッセージを出して、アクションを実行する)。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:464
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:468
msgid ""
"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1)  option."
msgstr ""
"パッケージのフォーマットが新しいか古いかを指定する。これは B<dpkg-deb>(1) の"
"オプションである。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:468 dpkg-deb.1:209
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocheck>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:472
msgid ""
"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package.  This "
"is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
msgstr ""
"パッケージを構築するときに、制御ファイルの内容も読まず、確認もしない。これは "
"B<dpkg-deb>(1) のオプションである。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:472
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:477
msgid ""
"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
"actually modifying anything."
msgstr ""
"期待される動作をすべて実行するが、どのような変更も書き込まない。これは、実際"
"にはシステムに何の変更も加えずに、指定したアクションで何がおこるのかを確認す"
"るためのものである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:482
msgid ""
"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
"probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
msgstr ""
"オプション B<--no-act> は、必ずアクションパラメータより前に与えること。さもな"
"くば、望ましくない結果が起きる可能性がある(例えば、システムに何も変更を加える"
"つもりがないのに、 B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> を実行すると、最初にパッケー"
"ジ foo を本当に purge し、次にパッケージ --no-act を purge しようとする、とい"
"うことになる)。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:482
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:488
msgid ""
"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions."
msgstr ""
"指定したディレクトリを再帰的に検索し、みつけた B<*.deb> というパターンにマッ"
"チするファイルをすべて扱う。これは、B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> "
"そして B<--avail> アクションとともに使うことができる。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:488
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-G>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:492
msgid ""
"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>."
msgstr ""
"インストール済みのパッケージのほうがバージョンが新しければ、インストールしな"
"い。これは B<--refuse-downgrade> の別名である。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:492 dpkg-buildpackage.1:217 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:19
#: dpkg-query.1:112 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:213 dpkg-trigger.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:497
msgid ""
"Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that give "
"information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc.  "
"(Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>)"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:497
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change default installation directory which refers to the directory where "
"packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to "
"B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means that "
"the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory.  (Defaults to I</>)"
msgstr ""
"デフォルトのディレクトリを変更する。B<admindir> はインストール済みのパッケー"
"ジやインストールされていないパッケージの状態に関する情報などを提供する、多数"
"のファイルが格納されているディレクトリで、デフォルトは I</var/lib/dpkg> であ"
"る。B<instdir> はパッケージをインストールするときに参照されるディレクトリで、"
"デフォルトは I</> である。また、B<instdir> は、パッケージのインストールスクリ"
"プトが実行される前に B<chroot>(2) するディレクトリのパスである。つまり、スク"
"リプトは B<instdir> をルートディレクトリとみなす。B<root> を変更すると、"
"B<instdir> を I<dir> に、B<admindir> を I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg> に変更する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:504
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:508
msgid ""
"Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
"var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:508
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:514
msgid ""
"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
"deinstallation."
msgstr ""
"インストール(または削除)作業をするように選択したパッケージのみを処理する。実"
"際の指定は、B<dselect> や B<dpkg> を使って行なう。例えば、あるパッケージが削"
"除されるのは、そのパッケージが削除されるよう選択されているということである。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:514
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:518
msgid ""
"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
"installed."
msgstr ""
"すでに同じバージョンのパッケージがインストールされていたら、インストールしな"
"い。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:520
msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:522
msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:531
msgid ""
"Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via ``sh -c'' before or after the "
"dpkg run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, "
"I<remove> and I<purge> dpkg actions. This option can be specified multiple "
"times. The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones from "
"the configuration files taking precedence.  The environment variable "
"B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current dpkg action. Note: "
"front-ends might call dpkg several times per invocation, which might run the "
"hooks more times than expected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:539
msgid ""
"Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including "
"previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:542
msgid ""
"I<Warning: take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might "
"completely break your system, use with caution.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:552
msgid ""
"The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were '*' matches "
"any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also '/'. For "
"example, I<'/usr/*/READ*'> matches I<'/usr/share/doc/package/README'>.  As "
"usual, '?' matches any single character (again, including '/'). And '[' "
"starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and "
"complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about globbing. "
"Note: the current implementation might re-include more directories and "
"symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack "
"failures, future work might fix this."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:555
msgid ""
"This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical "
"case is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:559
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n"
"B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:562
msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:566
msgid ""
"These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each "
"other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that "
"matches a file name making the decision."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:567
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--status-fd >I<n>"
msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:573
msgid ""
"Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file "
"descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The "
"information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:574
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<status: >I<package>B<: >I<status>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:577
msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:577
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<status: >I<package>B< : error : >I<extended-error-message>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:583
msgid ""
"An error occurred. Unfortunately at the time of writing I<extended-error-"
"message> can contain newlines, although in locales where the translators "
"have not made mistakes every newline is followed by at least one space."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:583
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<status: >I<file>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' >I<useredited>B< >I<distedited>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:586
msgid "User is being asked a conffile question."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:586
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<processing: >I<stage>B<: >I<package>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:591
msgid ""
"Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, "
"B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
"B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:592
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:604
msgid ""
"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
"I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status "
"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' for status change "
"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-"
"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' for actions where "
"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-"
"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' for conffile "
"changes where I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> is either install or keep."
msgstr ""
"状態の変更やアクションの記録を、デフォルトの I</var/log/dpkg.log> から "
"I<filename> に変更する。このオプションを複数回指定した場合は、最後のファイル"
"名が使われる。ログメッセージは次の形式である。`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status "
"E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt>' は状態の変更。"
"`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-"
"versionE<gt> E<lt>available-versionE<gt>' はアクションで、"
"I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> は install、upgrade、remove、purge のいずれか。`YYYY-MM-"
"DD HH:MM:SS conffile E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' は設定ファイルの"
"変更で、I<E<lt>decisionE<gt>> は install か keep のどちらかである。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:604
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:607
msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
msgstr "パッケージの署名を確認しない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:607
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-triggers>"
msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:616
msgid ""
"Do not run any triggers in this run (activations will still be recorded).  "
"If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--triggers-only> I<package> then "
"the named package postinst will still be run even if only a triggers run is "
"needed. Use of this option may leave packages in the improper B<triggers-"
"awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be fixed later by running: "
"B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:616
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--triggers>"
msgstr "B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:619
msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:621 dpkg.cfg.5:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:624
msgid "Configuration file with default options."
msgstr "オプションのデフォルト値を記述する設定ファイル。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:624
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
msgstr "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:628
msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトのログファイル(I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) と B<--log> オプションも参"
"照)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:631
msgid ""
"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
msgstr ""
"以下に示すファイルはデフォルトの値である。どのようにしてファイルの位置を変更"
"するかについては、B<--admindir> オプションの項を参照すること。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:631
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:634
msgid "List of available packages."
msgstr "使用できるパッケージの一覧。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:634
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:640
msgid ""
"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, "
"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
msgstr ""
"使用できるパッケージの状態。このファイルは、パッケージに削除のマークがあるか"
"どうか、インストール済みかどうか、などの情報が含まれている。くわしくは、B<"
"パッケージに関する情報>の項を参照すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:643
msgid ""
"The status file is backed up daily in I</var/backups>. It can be useful if "
"it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:646
msgid ""
"The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5)  for "
"more information about them:"
msgstr ""
"以下のファイルはバイナリパッケージを構成するファイルである。これらのファイル"
"に関するくわしい情報は、B<deb>(5) を参照すること。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:646
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<control>"
msgstr "I<control>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:648
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<conffiles>"
msgstr "I<conffiles>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:650
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<preinst>"
msgstr "I<preinst>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:652
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postinst>"
msgstr "I<postinst>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:654
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<prerm>"
msgstr "I<prerm>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:656
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<postrm>"
msgstr "I<postrm>"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:659 dpkg-buildflags.1:110 dpkg-buildpackage.1:230 dpkg-deb.1:219
#: dpkg-query.1:196 dpkg-vendor.1:42 dselect.1:430
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr "環境変数"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:660 dselect.1:431
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgid "B<HOME>"
msgstr "B<SHELL>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:664
msgid ""
"If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
"specific configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:664 dpkg-deb.1:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<TMPDIR>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:668
msgid ""
"If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary "
"files and directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:668
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-G>"
msgid "B<PAGER>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:671
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell."
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles."
msgstr "B<dpkg> が新しいシェルを起動するときに、実際に起動するプログラム。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:671
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SHELL>"
msgstr "B<SHELL>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:674
msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell."
msgstr "B<dpkg> が新しいシェルを起動するときに、実際に起動するプログラム。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:674 dpkg-query.1:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:678
msgid ""
"Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
"text. Currently only used by -l."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> が整形テキストを表示する時に参照するコラム数。現在は -l オプションで"
"のみ参照されている。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:678
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:682
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
"the situation. Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:682
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:686
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
"the situation. Contains the path to the old conffile."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:686
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:690
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
"the situation. Contains the path to the new conffile."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:690
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:694
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of "
"the currently running B<dpkg> instance."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:694
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:698
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package name "
"being handled."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:698
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:702
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture "
"the package got built for."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg.1:702
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:706
msgid ""
"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the "
"script running (preinst, postinst, prerm, postrm)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:709
msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):"
msgstr "B<vi>(1) エディタに関連のあるパッケージの一覧を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:711
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n"
msgstr "     B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:714
msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:"
msgstr "2 つのパッケージの I</var/lib/dpkg/available> にある項目を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:716
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n"
msgstr "     B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:719
msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
msgstr "自分でパッケージのリストから検索する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:721
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n"
msgstr "     B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:724
msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
msgstr "elvis パッケージを削除する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:726
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<dpkg -r elvis>\n"
msgstr "     B<dpkg -r elvis>\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:731
msgid ""
"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
msgstr ""
"パッケージをインストールするには、まずそのパッケージをアーカイブや CDROM から"
"探す必要がある。\"available\" ファイルによれば、vim パッケージは \"editors\" "
"セクションに属している。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:734
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     B<cd /cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n"
"     B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n"
msgstr ""
"     B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors>\n"
"     B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:737
msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
msgstr "パッケージ選択状況のコピーを作成する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:739
#, no-wrap
msgid "     B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n"
msgstr "     B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:743
msgid ""
"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
msgstr "このファイルをほかのコンピュータに転送して、インストールする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:746
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n"
"     B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n"
msgstr ""
"     B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n"
"     B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:752
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
"example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>."
msgstr ""
"これは実際にはインストールも削除もしないことに注意。これは単に要求している"
"パッケージの選択状態を設定するだけである。実際に要求しているパッケージをダウ"
"ンロードしインストールするには別のアプリケーションが必要である。例えば、"
"B<dselect> を起動して、\"導入(Install)\" を選べばよい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:755
msgid ""
"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
"to modify the package selection states."
msgstr ""
"通常、パッケージの選択状態を変更するには B<dselect>(1) を使用するほうが便利で"
"ある。"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg.1:757
#, no-wrap
msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
msgstr "機能の追加"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:760
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
"packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>."
msgstr ""
"I<apt>、I<aptitude>、I<debsums> パッケージをインストールすると便利な機能を追"
"加できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:772
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), "
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>"
"(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:775
msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
msgstr "B<--no-act> の提供する情報はたいていの場合、不充分である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.1:778 dpkg.cfg.5:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
"contributed to B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> に貢献した人のリストは B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> に\n"
"挙げてある。\n"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-architecture"
msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-08-15"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:4
msgid ""
"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<options>] [I<commands>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:14
msgid ""
"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and "
"host architecture for package building."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:17
msgid ""
"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>"
"(1), and can not be set at the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:26
msgid ""
"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to "
"B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are "
"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of "
"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to "
"only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice "
"does not match the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:27 dpkg-buildflags.1:34 dpkg-deb.1:28 dpkg-divert.8:24
#: dpkg-query.1:13 dpkg-source.1:19 dpkg-split.1:32 dpkg-statoverride.8:24
#: dpkg-trigger.1:24 dpkg-vendor.1:14 start-stop-daemon.8:35
#: update-alternatives.8:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr "コマンド"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:28
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:32
msgid ""
"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:32
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:38
msgid ""
"Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is "
"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host.  This "
"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an "
"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:38
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:44
msgid ""
"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as "
"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian "
"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
"matched."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:44
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:47
msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:47
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:51
msgid ""
"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
"using eval."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:54
msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>I< command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:58
msgid ""
"Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the "
"determined value."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:61
msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:64 dpkg-buildflags.1:74 dpkg-buildpackage.1:226
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:36 dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 dpkg-deb.1:166
#: dpkg-divert.8:74 dpkg-genchanges.1:134 dpkg-gencontrol.1:124
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:441 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:41 dpkg-name.1:60
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:107 dpkg-scanpackages.1:100
#: dpkg-scansources.1:69 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:220 dpkg-source.1:93
#: dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:48 dpkg-trigger.1:34 dpkg-vendor.1:31
#: update-alternatives.8:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show the usage message and exit."
msgstr "利用方法を表示して正常終了する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:67 dpkg-buildflags.1:77 dpkg-buildpackage.1:229
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:39 dpkg-distaddfile.1:38 dpkg-deb.1:169
#: dpkg-divert.8:77 dpkg-genchanges.1:137 dpkg-gencontrol.1:127
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:444 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:44 dpkg-name.1:63
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:39 dpkg-query.1:110 dpkg-scanpackages.1:103
#: dpkg-scansources.1:71 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:223 dpkg-source.1:96
#: dpkg-split.1:133 dpkg-statoverride.8:51 dpkg-trigger.1:37 dpkg-vendor.1:34
#: update-alternatives.8:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show the version and exit."
msgstr "バージョン情報を出力して終了する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:72
msgid "Set the Debian architecture."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:72 dpkg-buildpackage.1:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:75
msgid "Set the GNU system type."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:82
msgid ""
"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by "
"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this "
"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when "
"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "TERMS"
msgstr "注意"

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "build machine"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:86
msgid "The machine the package is built on."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "host machine"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:88
msgid "The machine the package is built for."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Debian architecture"
msgstr "Debian Project"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:91
msgid ""
"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the "
"\\s-1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "architecture wildcard"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:95
msgid ""
"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match "
"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-"
"E<lt>cpuE<gt>.  Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:99
msgid ""
"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a "
"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, "
"x86_64-netbsd."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:100
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "VARIABLES"
msgstr "環境変数"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:102
msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:102
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:104
msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:106
msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:108
msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:110
msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:112
msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:114
msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:116
msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:118
msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:120
msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:122
msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:124
msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:126
msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:126
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:128
msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:130
msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:132
msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:134
msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:135
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBIAN/RULES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:143
msgid ""
"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
"rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
"should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. "
"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross "
"compilation support in your package:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:146 dpkg-architecture.1:163
msgid "Instead of:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:150
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n"
"configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:153
msgid "please use the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:157
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:159
#, no-wrap
msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:169
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n"
"ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n"
"  ...\n"
"endif\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:172
msgid "please use:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:175
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n"
"  ...\n"
"endif\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:183
msgid ""
"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU "
"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:188
msgid ""
"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information "
"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see "
"below).  Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we "
"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-architecture.1:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:193
msgid ""
"The DEB_*_ARCH_BITS and DEB_*_ARCH_ENDIAN variables were introduced in dpkg-"
"dev 1.15.4. Using them in I<debian/rules> thus requires a build-dependency "
"on dpkg-dev (E<gt>= 1.15.4)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:198
msgid ""
"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were introduced in dpkg-"
"dev 1.13.2. Before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of "
"the DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject "
"to change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:203
msgid ""
"Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to "
"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values.  You "
"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by "
"using the following code:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:207
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n"
"DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:221
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n"
"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n"
"  DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n"
"  ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n"
"    DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n"
"  endif\n"
"endif\n"
"ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n"
"  DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n"
"  ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n"
"    DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n"
"  endif\n"
"endif\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:224
msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:227
msgid ""
"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include "
"B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:237
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n"
"\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n"
"ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n"
"  \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n"
"else\n"
"  \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n"
"endif\n"
"DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n"
"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n"
"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n"
"\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:246
msgid ""
"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these "
"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:253
msgid ""
"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the "
"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host "
"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is "
"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but "
"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native "
"compilation)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:256
msgid ""
"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent "
"versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:260
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
"architecture>. Other examples:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:262
msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`"
msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:267
msgid ""
"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:269
msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:271
msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:274
msgid ""
"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are "
"Linux systems:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:276
msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:278
msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:283
msgid ""
"All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their "
"location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable "
"DPKG_DATADIR."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:283
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/cputable>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:286
msgid "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:286
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/ostable>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:289
msgid "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-architecture.1:289
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/triplettable>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:293
msgid ""
"Mapping between Debian architecture triplets and Debian architecture names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:297
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-architecture.1:302
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus "
"Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg.cfg"
msgstr "dpkg"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-09-05"
msgstr "2006-04-09"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.cfg.5:4
msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.cfg.5:11
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
"option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
"hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.cfg.5:14
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.cfg.5:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg.cfg.5:24 dpkg-divert.8:124 dpkg-query.1:210 dpkg-statoverride.8:81
msgid "B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-buildflags"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:4
msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:12
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during "
"build of Debian packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:15
msgid ""
"The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/"
"overriden in several ways:"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:17
msgid "system-wide with B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>;"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:17
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "2"
msgid "2."
msgstr "2"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:20
msgid ""
"for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where B<"
"$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "3."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:22
msgid "temporarily with environment variables (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:24
msgid "The configuration files can contain two types of directives:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SET>I< flag value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:27
msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<APPEND>I< flag value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:31
msgid ""
"Extend the flag named I<flag> with the options given in I<value>.  A space "
"is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:34
msgid ""
"The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash "
"(#). Empty lines are also ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:35
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<list>"
msgid "B<--list>"
msgstr "B<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:40
msgid ""
"Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See "
"the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
msgid "B<--export=>I<format>"
msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:48
msgid ""
"Print to standard output shell (if I<format> is B<sh>) or make (if I<format> "
"is B<make>) commands that can be used to export all the compilation flags in "
"the environment. If the I<format> value is not given, B<sh> is assumed. Only "
"compilation flags starting with an upper case character are included, others "
"are assumed to not be suitable for the environment."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:48
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--get>I< flag>"
msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:52
msgid ""
"Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is "
"known otherwise exits with 1."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--origin>I< flag>"
msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:57
msgid ""
"Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if "
"the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the "
"following values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<vendor>"
msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:61
msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<system>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:64
msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:64
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<query>"
msgid "B<user>"
msgstr "B<query>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:67
msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<env>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:70
msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:79
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<CFLAGS>"
msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:85
msgid ""
"Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes I<-"
"g> and the default optimization level (I<-O2> usually, or I<-O0> if the "
"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<CPPFLAGS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:88
msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<CXXFLAGS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:91
msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<FFLAGS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:94
msgid "Options for the Fortran compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<LDFLAGS>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:102
msgid ""
"Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects "
"(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped "
"from these options). Default value: empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
msgid "B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:107
msgid "System wide configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:110
msgid "User configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:115
msgid ""
"This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:119
msgid ""
"This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value "
"returned for the given I<flag>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildflags.1:122 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-buildpackage"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:4
#, fuzzy
msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Packages ファイルの作成"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:13
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a "
"Debian package. It consists of the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:13
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<1.>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:17
msgid ""
"It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables "
"(see B<ENVIRONMENT>) and calls B<dpkg-source --before-build> (unless B<-T> "
"or B<--target> has been used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:17
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<2.>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:20
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied "
"(unless B<-d> is specified)."
msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - ビルド依存と衝突のチェック"

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:20
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<3.>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:25
msgid ""
"If a specific target has been selected with the B<-T> or B<--target> option, "
"it calls that target and stops here. Otherwise it calls B<fakeroot debian/"
"rules clean> to clean the build-tree (unless B<-nc> is specified)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<4.>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:29
msgid ""
"It calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the source package (unless a binary-"
"only build has been requested with B<-b>, B<-B> or B<-A>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:29
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<5.>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:36
msgid ""
"It calls B<debian/rules> B<build> followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> "
"I<binary-target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<-S>). "
"Note that I<binary-target> is either B<binary> (default case, or if B<-b> is "
"specified)  or B<binary-arch> (if B<-B> is specified) or B<binary-indep> (if "
"B<-A> is specified)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<6.>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:39
msgid ""
"It calls B<gpg> to sign the B<.dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> is "
"specified)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:39
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<7.>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:43
msgid ""
"It calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<.changes> file.  Many B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<8.>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:46
msgid ""
"It calls B<gpg> to sign the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> is specified)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<9.>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:49
msgid ""
"If B<-tc> is specified, it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again. "
"Finally it calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:51
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:55
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies a binary-only build, no source files are to be built and/or "
"distributed. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr "deb-old - Debian バイナリパッケージ旧形式フォーマット"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:55 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-B>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:59
msgid ""
"Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture dependent packages.  "
"Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-A>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:63
msgid ""
"Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture independent packages. "
"Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:63 dpkg-genchanges.1:27
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:67
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies a source-only build, no binary packages need to be made.  Passed "
"to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr "deb-old - Debian バイナリパッケージ旧形式フォーマット"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-F>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:71
msgid ""
"Specifies a normal full build, binary and source packages will be built.  "
"This is the same as the default case when no build option is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--target=>I<target>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--target >I<target>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<-T>I<target>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:83
msgid ""
"Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> after having setup the build environment and "
"stops the package build process here. If B<--as-root> is also given, then "
"the command is executed as root (see B<-r>). Note that official targets that "
"are required to be run as root by the Debian policy do not need this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--as-root>"
msgstr "B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:88
msgid ""
"Only meaningful together with B<--target>. Requires that the target be run "
"with root rights."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:90 dpkg-genchanges.1:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-si>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:92 dpkg-genchanges.1:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sa>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:94 dpkg-genchanges.1:45
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sd>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:96 dpkg-genchanges.1:49 dpkg-gencontrol.1:38
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:372
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:98 dpkg-genchanges.1:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>長い説明E<gt>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:100 dpkg-genchanges.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:102 dpkg-genchanges.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:104
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:105
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:110
msgid ""
"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the "
"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for "
"the host machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:115
msgid ""
"Specify the GNU system type we build for. It can be used in place of -a or "
"as a complement to override the default GNU system type of the target Debian "
"architecture."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:115
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-j>I<jobs>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:126
msgid ""
"Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, equivalent to the B<make>"
"(1)  option of the same name. Will add itself to the MAKEFLAGS environment "
"variable, which should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the "
"option. Also adds B<parallel=>I<jobs> to the DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS environment "
"variable which allows debian/rules files to use this information for their "
"own purposes.  The B<parallel=>I<jobs> in DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS environment "
"variable will override the B<-j> value if this option is given."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:126
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:130
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied. This is the "
"default behavior."
msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - ビルド依存と衝突のチェック"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:130 dpkg-gensymbols.1:427
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts."
msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - ビルド依存と衝突のチェック"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:133
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-nc>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:137
msgid ""
"Do not clean the source tree (implies B<-b> if nothing else has been "
"selected among B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:137
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-tc>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:143
msgid ""
"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>)  "
"after the package has been built."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:143
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:167
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
"has been specified. Otherwise, if none has been specified, B<fakeroot> will "
"be used by default, if the command is present.  I<gain-root-command> should "
"start with the name of a program on the B<PATH> and will get as arguments "
"the name of the real command to run and the arguments it should take.  "
"I<gain-root-command> can include parameters (they must be space-separated) "
"but no shell metacharacters.  I<gain-root-command> might typically be "
"B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>.  B<su> is not suitable, since "
"it can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments "
"individually to the command to be run."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:167
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>"
msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:178
msgid ""
"Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a "
"command with several standard parameters. With this option it's possible to "
"use another program invocation to build the package (it can include space "
"separated parameters).  Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard "
"rules file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/"
"make -f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:188
msgid ""
"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source "
"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> "
"(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg>. I<sign-command> will "
"get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> "
"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-"
"sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell "
"metacharacters."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages."
msgstr "これは新しいパッケージを作る時に使うことができる。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:191
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-us>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not sign the source package."
msgstr "パッケージの短い説明文"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:194
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-uc>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:197
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not sign the B<.changes> file."
msgstr "パッケージの短い説明文"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<-i>[I<regexp>]"
msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<-I>I<[pattern]>"
msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:203
msgid "B<-s>[B<nsAkurKUR>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:205
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:208
msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:209
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>"
msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:212
msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:212
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>"
msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:215
msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:219
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--admindir >I<dir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:222 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23 dpkg-query.1:116
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:217 dpkg-trigger.1:43
msgid ""
"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
"lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> データベースの位置を変更する。デフォルトの位置は I</var/lib/dpkg> で"
"ある。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:223 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:33 dpkg-distaddfile.1:32
#: dpkg-deb.1:163 dpkg-genchanges.1:131 dpkg-gencontrol.1:121
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:438 dpkg-name.1:57 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33
#: dpkg-query.1:104 dpkg-scanpackages.1:97 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:217
#: dpkg-source.1:90 dpkg-split.1:127 dpkg-trigger.1:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:234
msgid ""
"Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> export some variables, B<debian/rules> should "
"not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface "
"to retrieve the needed values."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:234
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture"
msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:238
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters "
"forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in "
"the build environment."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:238
#, no-wrap
msgid "Compiler flags"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:243
msgid ""
"The B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS> "
"environment variables are set to the values that B<dpkg-buildflags> "
"returned. See its manual page for more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:248
msgid ""
"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and "
"initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:255
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), "
"B<fakeroot>(1), B<gpg>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-buildpackage.1:264 dpkg-source.1:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-11-21"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4
msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - ビルド依存と衝突のチェック"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<options>] [I<control-file>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> B<-B> [I<コントロールファイル>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:14
msgid ""
"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
msgstr ""
"このプログラムはコントロールファイル中にリストされているビルド依存とビルド衝"
"突に関して、システムにインストールされているパッケージをチェックする。もし、"
"足りないものや衝突している物があるなら、それらを表示して 0 以外の返り値を返し"
"て終了する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17
msgid ""
"By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
"be specified on the command line."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、I<debian/control> が読まれるが、別のコントロールファイル名を"
"コマンドラインに指定することもできる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27
msgid ""
"Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be "
"built."
msgstr ""
"I<Build-Depends-Indep> 行を無視する。アーキテクチャに非依存なパッケージがビル"
"ドされない時に利用する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d >I<build-depends-string>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c >I<build-conflicts-string>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:33
msgid ""
"Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the "
"I<debian/control> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2001 Joey Hess"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-distaddfile"
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:4
msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<options>]I< filename section priority>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:13
msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:18
msgid ""
"It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and "
"priority for the B<.changes> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:26
msgid ""
"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
"genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
"a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:28 dpkg-genchanges.1:103 dpkg-gencontrol.1:69
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>"
msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:32 dpkg-gencontrol.1:73
msgid ""
"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
"B<debian/files>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:40 dpkg-genchanges.1:139 dpkg-gencontrol.1:134
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/files>"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-distaddfile.1:46
msgid ""
"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared.  "
"B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-deb"
msgstr "dpkg-deb"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dselect.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2010-03-07"
msgstr "2006-04-09"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:4
msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian パッケージアーカイブ (.deb) 操作ツール"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<options>] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:13
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> は、Debian アーカイブの作成、展開、情報の表示をする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:17
msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
msgstr ""
"パッケージをシステムにインストールするときや削除するときには B<dpkg> を使うこ"
"と。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:27
msgid ""
"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
"and run it for you."
msgstr ""
"また、 B<dpkg> に対して B<dpkg-deb> のオプションを指定することで、 B<dpkg> を"
"通して B<dpkg-deb> を呼び出すことができる。 B<dpkg> は、オプションが B<dpkg-"
"deb> のオプションであると判断すると、 B<dpkg-deb> を起動する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:29
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:41
msgid ""
"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
"I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
"I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
msgstr ""
"I<directory> に格納されているファイルシステム木から debian アーカイブを作成す"
"る。 I<directory> には、control ファイルなどの制御情報ファイルのある "
"B<DEBIAN> サブディレクトリが必ず存在しなければならない。 DEBIAN ディレクトリ"
"はバイナリパッケージのファイルシステム・アーカイブにはI<含まれない>。そのかわ"
"り、DEBIAN ディレクトリ以下にあったファイルはバイナリパッケージ制御情報エリア"
"に置かれる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:53
msgid ""
"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
"the name of the binary package being built.  B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
"control information directory."
msgstr ""
"B<--nocheck> を指定しないかぎり、 B<dpkg-deb> は B<DEBIAN/control> を読み、解"
"析する。 dpkg-deb は、文法エラーやその他の問題のチェックをし、そして、構築中"
"のバイナリパッケージ名を表示する。 B<dpkg-deb> はまた、 B<DEBIAN> 管理情報"
"ディレクトリにある、管理スクリプトやその他のファイルのパーミッションをチェッ"
"クする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:60
msgid ""
"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
"the file I<directory>B<.deb>."
msgstr ""
"もし、 I<archive> を指定しない場合、 B<dpkg-deb> はパッケージを "
"I<directory>B<.deb> という名前で作成する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:62
msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
msgstr "もし、すでにアーカイブが作成されて存在している場合、上書きする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:78
msgid ""
"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
"file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
msgstr ""
"2 番目の引き数がディレクトリの場合、 B<dpkg-deb> は "
"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb> または I<package>B<_>I<version>B<."
"deb> (パッケージ制御ファイルに B<Architecture> フィールドがない場合)という"
"ファイルを作成する。アーカイブの代わりにディレクトリを指定するときには、 B<--"
"nocheck> オプションは使用してはいけない( B<dpkg-deb> は、使用するファイル名を"
"調べるために、パッケージ制御ファイルを読んで解析する必要があるから)。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:81
msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
msgstr "バイナリパッケージアーカイブの情報を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:86
msgid ""
"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
"the contents of the package as well as its control file."
msgstr ""
"もし I<control-file-name> が指定されていない場合、制御ファイル一覧と、パッ"
"ケージの中身の要約を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:94
msgid ""
"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
"2."
msgstr ""
"もし I<control-file-name> を指定した場合、 B<dpkg-deb> は指定した順でファイル"
"名を表示する。もし指定したファイルのどれかが存在しなければ、存在しなかった"
"ファイルに対してそれぞれエラーメッセージを表示し、そして終了ステータス 2 で終"
"了する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:94
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's "
"name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator."
msgstr ""
"バイナリパッケージアーカイブの情報を B<--showformat> の引き数で指定した形式で"
"表示する。デフォルトの出力形式は、一行ごとにパッケージ名とバージョンをタブで"
"区切ったものである。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:101
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name> ...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:104
msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
msgstr "バイナリパッケージアーカイブから制御ファイル情報を取り出す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:108
msgid ""
"If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole "
"control file."
msgstr ""
"B<control-file-field> が指定されていない場合、制御ファイルすべてを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:117
msgid ""
"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
"file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
"name (and a colon and space)."
msgstr ""
"もし何か指定されている場合、 B<dpkg-deb> はその内容を制御ファイルに現われる順"
"序で表示する。もし、複数の B<control-file-field> が指定された場合、 B<dpkg-"
"deb> は、それぞれの情報の前にフィールド名(そしてコロンと空白)を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:119
msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
msgstr "指定したフィールドがみつからない場合でもエラーを報告しない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:119
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:125
msgid ""
"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
"verbose listing."
msgstr ""
"パッケージアーカイブに含まれるファイルシステム木の内容の一覧を表示する。現在"
"のバージョンは、 B<tar> の冗長出力(-v オプション)をそのまま表示する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:125
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:129
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"パッケージアーカイブからファイルシステム木を、指定したディレクトリに展開す"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:135
msgid ""
"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
msgstr ""
"ルートディレクトリでパッケージを展開することは正しいインストールにはI<ならな"
"い>ことに注意すること! パッケージのインストールには B<dpkg> を使うべきであ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its "
"permissions modified to match the contents of the package."
msgstr ""
"I<directory> (親やそれより上のディレクトリは含まない)は必要があれば作成され"
"る。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:139
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:144
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>)  but prints a listing of the files extracted as "
"it goes."
msgstr ""
"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) は現在展開中のファイルを表示する。 B<--extract> (B<-"
"x>) はエラーが発生しない限り何も表示しない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:144
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:152
msgid ""
"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1)  this can be used "
"to extract a particular file from a package archive."
msgstr ""
"バイナリパッケージからファイルシステム木を展開し、標準出力に B<tar> 形式で出"
"力する。 B<tar> と共に使用することで、特定のファイルをパッケージアーカイブか"
"ら取り出すことができる。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:152
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archive directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:156
msgid ""
"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
"specified directory."
msgstr ""
"パッケージアーカイブから制御情報ファイルを指定したディレクトリに展開する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:160
msgid ""
"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
"directory is used."
msgstr ""
"もしディレクトリが指定されない場合、カレントディレクトリにある B<DEBIAN> サブ"
"ディレクトリに展開する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:163
msgid ""
"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
msgstr ""
"指定したディレクトリ(親やそれより上のディレクトリは含まない)は必要があれば作"
"成される。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:171
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:176 dpkg-query.1:121
msgid ""
"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
msgstr ""
"このオプションは、B<--show> が生成する出力の書式を指定するものである。書式は"
"文字列で、パッケージごとに出力される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:185
msgid ""
"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" "
"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the "
"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including "
"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the "
"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)."
msgstr ""
"文字列は \"${I<field-name>}\" 形式であらゆる status フィールドを参照すること"
"ができる。有効なフィールドの一覧は、そのパッケージに B<-I> を使用することで簡"
"単に生成できる。書式オプションの完全な解説(エスケープシーケンスやフィールドで"
"のタブの使い方を含む)は、B<dpkg-query>(1)の B<--showformat> オプションの解説"
"を参照すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:187
msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"."
msgstr ""
"このフィールドのデフォルトのフォーマット文字列は \"${Package}\\et"
"${Version}\\en\" である。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-z>I<compress_level>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:191
msgid ""
"Specify which compression level to pass to the compressor backend program, "
"when building a package."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:191
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-Z>I<compress_type>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:196
msgid ""
"Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed "
"values are I<gzip>, I<xz>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma>, and I<none> (default is "
"I<gzip>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new>"
msgstr "B<--new>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:201
msgid ""
"Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> に `新しい' 形式のアーカイブで構築させる。これはデフォルトの動作"
"である。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:201
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--old>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:209
msgid ""
"Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format "
"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use "
"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than "
"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> に `古い' 形式のアーカイブを構築させる。この古いアーカイブ形式"
"は、新しい形式よりも非 Debian ツールで処理することが難しく、現在は使用されて"
"いない。このオプションは、i386 の a.out 形式のみを対象としてリリースされた、"
"バージョン 0.93.76(1995 年 9 月)以前の dpkg で処理するためのパッケージを構築"
"するときだけに使用される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:215
msgid ""
"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb --build> のときにアーカイブの中身を確認させない。これによって、"
"アーカイブの中身にどのように問題があっても、望んだ通りアーカイブを構築するこ"
"とができる。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-deb.1:215
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:218
msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
msgstr "デバッグ出力を有効にする。これはあまり役に立たない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:224
msgid ""
"If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create "
"temporary files and directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:230
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> はうまく動作しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:238
msgid ""
"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
"straightforward checksum.  (Higher level tools like APT support "
"authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most "
"packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. "
"Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:245
msgid ""
"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-deb> でソフトウェアをインストールしようとしてはいけない! 必ず B<dpkg> "
"を使うこと。そうすれば、すべてのファイルを正しい位置に置き、パッケージのスク"
"リプトを実行し、状態や内容を記録する、ということを確実に実行できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-deb.1:251
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-divert.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-divert"
msgstr "dpkg-divert"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:4
msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
msgstr "dpkg-divert - パッケージのファイルのオーバーライド"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:13
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
"diversions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1)  not to install a file "
"into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used "
"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a "
"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's "
"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as "
"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version "
"of a package which contains those files."
msgstr ""
"`diversions' というファイルにより、B<dpkg>(1) はファイルをインストールする時"
"に本来意図していた場所ではなく退避した (`diverted') 場所にインストールするよ"
"うになる。diversions は Debian パッケージスクリプトで衝突がおこりうるファイル"
"を移動させるために使うことができる。システム管理者はパッケージの設定ファイル"
"や他のファイルを (`conffiles' としてマークされていなければ) dpkg が新しいバー"
"ジョンのパッケージをインストールする時にそれらのファイルを上書きしてしまわな"
"いようにするために diversion を使うことができる。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:28
msgid "Add a diversion for I<file>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove>I< file>"
msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:31
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove a diversion for I<file>."
msgstr "diversion を削除する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list>I< glob-pattern>"
msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:34
msgid "List diversions matching I<glob-pattern>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:34
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--listpackage>I< file>"
msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:38
msgid ""
"Print the name of the package that diverts I<file>.  Prints LOCAL if I<file> "
"is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not diverted."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:38
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--truename>I< file>"
msgstr "B<--rename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:41
msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:43 dpkg-statoverride.8:53 update-alternatives.8:329
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir>I< directory>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set the dpkg data directory to I<directory> (default: I</var/lib/dpkg>)."
msgstr ""
"dpkg データディレクトリを I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>> に設定する。(デフォルト: I</"
"var/lib/dpkg>)"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--divert>I< divert-to>"
msgstr "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by "
"other packages, will be diverted."
msgstr ""
"I<E<lt>divert-toE<gt>> は、他のパッケージによって提供される "
"I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> を退避する位置である。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--local>"
msgstr "B<--local>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:56
msgid ""
"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted.  This "
"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the "
"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified "
"version."
msgstr ""
"全てのパッケージのそのファイルを退避する対象にする。つまり、例外なく、どのよ"
"うなパッケージをインストールしても退避される。これを使って、管理者がローカル"
"の修正バージョンをインストールすることができる。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--package>I< package>"
msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be "
"diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>."
msgstr ""
"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> は、I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> が退避されていないパッケージの名前"
"である。つまり、I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> は I<E<lt>packageE<gt>> を除いたすべての"
"パッケージによって退避される。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:61 dpkg-statoverride.8:65 update-alternatives.8:351
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:64
msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
msgstr "静かなモード。つまり無駄な出力をしない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--rename>"
msgstr "B<--rename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation "
"in case the destination file already exists."
msgstr ""
"実際にファイルを移動する (もしくは戻す)。dpkg-divert は移動先のファイルが既に"
"存在していると動作を中断する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:71
msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
msgstr ""
"テストモード。つまり実際にはなにも実行せず、なにをするかを表示するだけであ"
"る。"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-divert.8:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr "注意"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:82
msgid ""
"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>."
"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must "
"match if specified."
msgstr ""
"追加する時は、デフォルトは B<--local> と B<--divert> I<E<lt>originalE<gt>."
"distrib> である。削除する時は、B<--package> もしくは B<--local> と B<--"
"divert> は指定されていれば一致していなければいけない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:84
msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> ではディレクトリは退避できない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:90
msgid ""
"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8)  "
"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the "
"library.  Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the "
"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library "
"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one."
msgstr ""
"共有ライブラリを退避する場合、注意すべきである。B<ldconfig>(8) はライブラリに"
"埋め込まれている DT_SONAME フィールドに基づいて、シンボリックリンクを作成す"
"る。ldconfig は退避させることができないためである (dpkg だけができる)。もし退"
"避したライブラリと退避していないライブラリが同じ SONAME であれば、最終的にシ"
"ンボリックリンクは退避したライブラリを指す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:95
msgid ""
"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i."
"e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</"
"usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:"
msgstr ""
"すべての I</usr/bin/example> を I</usr/bin/example.foo> に退避させる、つま"
"り、I</usr/bin/example> を提供するすべてのパッケージに対して必要であれば I</"
"usr/bin/example.foo> と変更してインストールさせる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:97
msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example"
msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:99 dpkg-divert.8:109
msgid "To remove that diversion:"
msgstr "diversion を削除する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:101
msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:105
msgid ""
"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
"example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
msgstr ""
"I</usr/bin/example> をインストールしようとするすべてのパッケージを I</usr/"
"bin/example.foo> に退避、ただし自作の I<wibble> パッケージを除く。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:107
msgid ""
"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/"
"example"
msgstr ""
"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/"
"example"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:111
msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-divert.8:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files "
"important to dpkg, such as I<status> or I<available>."
msgstr ""
"システムの現在の退避リストを含むファイル。これは dpkg で使われる重要なファイ"
"ル `status' や `available' がある dpkg の管理ディレクトリにある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension I<-"
"old>, before replacing it with the new one."
msgstr ""
"注意: B<dpkg-divert> はこのファイルを更新する時に、古いバージョンを \"-old\" "
"という名前をつけたファイルにコピーしておく。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-divert.8:127 update-alternatives.8:489
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 1995 Ian Jackson"
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-genchanges"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:4
#, fuzzy
msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Packages ファイルの作成"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:16
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
"upload control file (B<.changes> file)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:18
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:27
msgid ""
"Specifies that a binary-only build is taking place (no source files are to "
"be included). There's no distinction between B<-b>, B<-B> and B<-A>, the "
"produced B<.changes> file will include whatever files were created by the "
"B<binary-*> target(s) of the package being built."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that only the source should be uploaded (no binary packages will "
"be included)."
msgstr "deb-old - Debian バイナリパッケージ旧形式フォーマット"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:36
msgid ""
"The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is "
"included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e.  B<-b> or B<-"
"B> haven't been used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:42
msgid ""
"By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if "
"the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian "
"revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog "
"entry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:45
msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:48
msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:54
msgid ""
"Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
"I<version> to be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:60
msgid ""
"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> "
"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:66
msgid ""
"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for "
"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
"control file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:72
msgid ""
"Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for "
"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
"changelog."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:72 dpkg-gencontrol.1:41 dpkg-source.1:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:76 dpkg-source.1:125
msgid ""
"Set an output substitution variable.  See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a "
"discussion of output substitution."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:76 dpkg-gencontrol.1:45 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:171
#: dpkg-source.1:125
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>"
msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:86
msgid ""
"Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/"
"substvars>.  No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are "
"output, however the special variable I<Format> will override the field of "
"the same name. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
"variables from multiple files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:87 dpkg-gencontrol.1:53 dpkg-source.1:131
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:90 dpkg-gencontrol.1:56 dpkg-source.1:134
msgid "Override or add an output control file field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:90 dpkg-gencontrol.1:56 dpkg-source.1:134
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:93 dpkg-gencontrol.1:59 dpkg-source.1:137
msgid "Remove an output control file field."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:93 dpkg-gencontrol.1:59 dpkg-source.1:98
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
msgstr "I<control>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:98 dpkg-gencontrol.1:64
msgid ""
"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
"is B<debian/control>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:98 dpkg-gencontrol.1:64 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:16
#: dpkg-source.1:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:103 dpkg-gencontrol.1:69 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:21
msgid ""
"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is "
"B<debian/changelog>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:107
msgid ""
"Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/"
"files>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:107 dpkg-gencontrol.1:73 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:21
#: dpkg-source.1:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:112 dpkg-gencontrol.1:78 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26
#: dpkg-source.1:117
msgid ""
"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
"the debian standard format."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:123
msgid ""
"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> "
"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:123 dpkg-gensymbols.1:416
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:131
msgid ""
"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
"uploaded.  B<-q> suppresses these messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-genchanges.1:147
msgid ""
"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared.  "
"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-gencontrol"
msgstr "deb-control"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:4
msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:14
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
"control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:27
msgid ""
"Thus I<Pre-Depends>, I<Depends>, I<Recommends> and I<Suggests> are "
"simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true "
"according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove "
"any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates "
"to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it "
"keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The "
"order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency "
"must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, "
"the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:32
msgid ""
"The other relation fields (I<Enhances>, I<Conflicts>, I<Breaks>, I<Replaces> "
"and I<Provides>)  are also simplified individually by computing the union of "
"the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the "
"field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:36
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/"
"files>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:41
msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:45
msgid ""
"Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion "
"of output substitution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:53
msgid ""
"Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/"
"substvars>.  This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
"variables from multiple files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:78 dpkg-gensymbols.1:368
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:85
msgid ""
"Generate information for the binary package I<package>.  If the source "
"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to "
"generate."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:85
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:90
msgid ""
"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
"package_version_arch.deb filename."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:99
msgid ""
"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev "
"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to "
"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the "
"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-"
"U> option to delete the fields from the control file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:112
msgid ""
"Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> "
"instead of B<debian/tmp>.  This value is used to find the default value of "
"the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using "
"B<du>), and for the default location of the output file."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:112 dpkg-gensymbols.1:386 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:152
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:121
msgid ""
"Print the control file to standard output, rather than to B<debian/tmp/"
"DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:129
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/control>"
msgstr "deb-control"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:134
msgid ""
"The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:141
msgid ""
"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared.  "
"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
"control files it generates here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:148 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:339
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007-2008 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-gensymbols"
msgstr "deb-old"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-08-07"
msgstr "2006-04-09"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:5
msgid ""
"dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency "
"information)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:16
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) "
"looking for libraries and generate a I<symbols> file describing them. This "
"file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the "
"build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the "
"package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:20
msgid ""
"When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by "
"the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and use the first that is "
"found):"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:20 dpkg-gensymbols.1:22 dpkg-gensymbols.1:24
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:26 dpkg-gensymbols.1:306 dpkg-gensymbols.1:312
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:346 dpkg-gensymbols.1:350 dpkg-gensymbols.1:353
#, no-wrap
msgid "\\(bu"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:22
msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:24
#, fuzzy
msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:26
msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:28
#, fuzzy
msgid "debian/symbols"
msgstr "deb-old"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:36
msgid ""
"The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version "
"associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds "
"to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be "
"manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended "
"without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the "
"maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-"
"gensymbols> helps him."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:42
msgid ""
"When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, "
"B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions.  Furthermore "
"if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize "
"how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:55
msgid ""
"The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of "
"the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them "
"every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version "
"matches reality. To do this properly he can use the diffs contained in the "
"build logs. In most cases, the diff applies directly to his debian/"
"I<package>.symbols file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's "
"recommended for example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version "
"so that backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version "
"still satisfy the generated dependencies.  If the Debian revision can't be "
"dropped because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, "
"then one should suffix the version with \"~\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:59
msgid ""
"Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-"
"check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the "
"patch should ideally only add new lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:67
msgid ""
"In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures.  "
"To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use "
"the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during "
"installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, "
"I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using symbol tags"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:74
msgid ""
"Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way.  "
"Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While "
"all tags are parsed and stored, only a some of them are understood by B<dpkg-"
"gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection "
"B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:86
msgid ""
"Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is "
"allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends "
"with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags "
"are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value "
"which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and "
"values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the "
"special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag "
"specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters "
"to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for "
"the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up "
"until the first space."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:90
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n"
" (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n"
" untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:96
msgid ""
"The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two "
"tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has "
"no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged "
"with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal "
"untagged symbol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:108
msgid ""
"Since symbol tags are an extension of the I<deb-symbols(5)> format, they can "
"only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files "
"should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are "
"embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the "
"I<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the I<deb-symbols(5)"
"> format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements of their "
"standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the contrary, in "
"template mode (I<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard and unknown "
"ones)  are kept in the output and are written in their original form as they "
"were loaded."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "Standard symbol tags"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:109
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<not-installed>"
msgid "B<optional>"
msgstr "B<not-installed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:119
msgid ""
"A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and "
"that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared "
"optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new "
"package revision.  This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer "
"that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to "
"the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as "
"MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back "
"to the \"existing\" status with its minimum version unchanged."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:124
msgid ""
"This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance "
"do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations "
"fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an "
"arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered "
"optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:124
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture list>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:137
msgid ""
"This tag allows to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol is "
"supposed to exist. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols "
"discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern "
"the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an "
"arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist "
"in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause "
"B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol "
"is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host "
"architecture is not listed in the tag), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the "
"arch tag is dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this "
"change), but it is not considered as new."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:143
msgid ""
"When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols "
"only those that match the current host architecture are written to the "
"symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those "
"from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in "
"template mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:149
msgid ""
"The format of I<architecture list> is the same as the one used in the "
"I<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square "
"brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be "
"considered only on alpha, amd64, kfreebsd-amd64 and ia64 architectures while "
"the second one anywhere except on armel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" (arch=alpha amd64 kfreebsd-amd64 ia64)a_64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
" (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:152
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:160
msgid ""
"dpkg-gensymbols has an internal blacklist of symbols that should not appear "
"in symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation "
"details of the toolchain. If for some reason, you really want one of those "
"symbols to be included in the symbols file, you should tag the symbol with "
"B<ignore-blacklist>. It can be necessary for some low level toolchain "
"libraries like libgcc."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:160 dpkg-gensymbols.1:197
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<c++>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:164
msgid ""
"Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection below."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:164 dpkg-gensymbols.1:228
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<symver>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:168
msgid ""
"Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol "
"patterns> subsection below."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:168 dpkg-gensymbols.1:253
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<purge>"
msgid "B<regex>"
msgstr "B<purge>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:172
msgid ""
"Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection "
"below."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using symbol patterns"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:180
msgid ""
"Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real "
"symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each "
"pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol "
"counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern "
"is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification "
"of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be "
"considered as new."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:188
msgid ""
"A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the library. "
"By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under I<-c1> or "
"higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may be "
"marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match "
"anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any "
"symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the "
"I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:195
msgid ""
"Patterns are an extension of the I<deb-symbols(5)> format hence they are "
"only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any "
"different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of "
"the specification serves as an expression to be matched against "
"I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different "
"pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:197
msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:209
msgid ""
"This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by "
"their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This "
"pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary "
"across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. "
"One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture "
"specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this "
"case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-"
"virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on "
"32bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit "
"ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
" [...]\n"
" (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n"
" [...]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:217
msgid ""
"The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:219
#, no-wrap
msgid " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:227
msgid ""
"Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, "
"this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real "
"symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with "
"non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most "
"constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols "
"for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should "
"not degrade quality of the symbol file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:234
msgid ""
"This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have "
"versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version "
"where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> "
"pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n"
" (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n"
" [...]\n"
" (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n"
" access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:247
msgid ""
"All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to "
"minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol "
"access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 "
"version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern "
"because specific symbols take precedence over patterns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:252
msgid ""
"Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" "
"in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by "
"new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 "
"2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same "
"behaviour is needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:260
msgid ""
"Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by "
"the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular "
"expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the "
"I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> "
"string. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:265
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
" (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n"
" (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:270
msgid ""
"Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", \"mystack_pop@Base"
"\" etc.  will be matched by the first pattern while e.g. "
"\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" won't.  The second pattern will match all symbols "
"having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will inherit "
"I<optional> tag from the pattern."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:275
msgid ""
"Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that "
"case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For "
"example, both"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:278
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n"
" (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:288
msgid ""
"will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and "
"\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first "
"pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled "
"name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when "
"matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw "
"symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to "
"demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of "
"the whole pattern.  Therefore, for example, "
"\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base\" will not match either of "
"the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:294
msgid ""
"In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> "
"and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple "
"basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1))  "
"while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each "
"symbol.  Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:301
msgid ""
"When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, "
"then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are "
"matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the "
"first success.  Please note, however, that manual reordering of template "
"file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs "
"based on the alphanumerical order of their names."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:301
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using includes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:306
msgid ""
"When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become "
"inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include "
"directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:310
msgid ""
"You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that "
"file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive "
"like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:312
msgid "#include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:314
msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:316
msgid "(tag|..|tagN)#include \"file_to_include\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:321
msgid ""
"As a result, all symbols included from I<file_to_include> will be considered "
"to be tagged with I<tag> .. I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to "
"create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific "
"symbol files:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:326
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n"
" (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n"
" (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n"
"  common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:335
msgid ""
"The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are "
"processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of "
"the included file can override any content that appeared before the include "
"directive and that any content after the directive can override anything "
"contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include "
"directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override "
"values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no "
"way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:340
msgid ""
"An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the "
"library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read.  "
"However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to "
"do it is the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:343
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n"
" arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:343
#, no-wrap
msgid "Good library management"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:346
msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:350
msgid ""
"its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols "
"are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:353
msgid ""
"ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal "
"changes and API extension;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:356
msgid ""
"it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as "
"workaround)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:364
msgid ""
"While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and "
"disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API "
"and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream "
"changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have "
"been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author "
"should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian "
"specific work-around."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:365
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp."
msgstr "B<-u> を指定した場合は、*.deb の代わりに *.udeb をスキャンする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:372
msgid ""
"Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed "
"in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:376
msgid ""
"Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/"
"changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:376
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>"
msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:382
msgid ""
"Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public "
"libraries. You can use a regular expression in I<library-file> to match "
"multiple libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-"
"e>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:382
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:386
msgid ""
"Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is "
"integrated in the package itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:390
msgid ""
"Print the generated symbols file to standard output, rather than being "
"stored in the package build tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:390
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:396
msgid ""
"Store the generated symbols file as I<filename>. If I<filename> is pre-"
"existing, its content is used as basis for the generated symbols file.  You "
"can use this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer "
"upstream version of your library."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:396
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:405
msgid ""
"Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible "
"with I<deb-symbols(5)>. The main difference is that in the template mode "
"symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the "
"post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode.  "
"Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard I<deb-symbols"
"(5)> file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols are "
"always written to the symbol file template."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:405
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>"
msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:413
msgid ""
"Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the "
"template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing "
"levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels. Level 0 never "
"fails. Level 1 fails if some symbols have disappeared. Level 2 fails if some "
"new symbols have been introduced. Level 3 fails if some libraries have "
"disappeared. Level 4 fails if some libraries have been introduced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:416
msgid ""
"This value can be overridden by the environment variable "
"DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:422
msgid ""
"Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the "
"template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost "
"libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational "
"output but not the checks themselves (see I<-c> option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:422
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>I<arch>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:427
msgid ""
"Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this "
"option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its "
"binaries are already available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:432
msgid ""
"Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
"gensymbols> does."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:432
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-G>"
msgid "B<-V>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:438
msgid ""
"Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols "
"as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by "
"comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:447
msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:449
msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:451
msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-gensymbols.1:457
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007-2009 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-maintscript-helper"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2010-04-16"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:4
msgid ""
"dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer "
"scripts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:8
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameters>...] -- I<maint-script-"
"parameters>"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:12
msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<lastversion> [I<package>]]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:14
msgid ""
"B<mv_conffile> I<oldconffile> I<newconffile> [I<lastversion> [I<package>]]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:20
msgid ""
"This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some "
"tasks that dpkg can't (yet) handle natively either because of design "
"decisions or due to current limitations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:27
msgid ""
"Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer "
"scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes "
"the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will "
"automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable "
"DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you have "
"to forward after a double dash."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:38
msgid ""
"When upgrading a package, dpkg will not automatically remove a conffile (a "
"configuration file for which dpkg should preserve user changes) if it is not "
"present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for this; the "
"first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and the next "
"version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown away. The "
"second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-maintained "
"conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer scripts, usually "
"with a tool like debconf or ucf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:43
msgid ""
"This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it "
"must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to "
"implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer "
"scripts."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "REMOVING A CONFFILE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:50
msgid ""
"If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless "
"the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be "
"preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile "
"should not disappear."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:53
msgid ""
"All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the "
"B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n"
"        I<conffile> I<lastversion> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:66
msgid ""
"I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove.  I<lastversion> is "
"the last version of the package that contained the conffile (or the last "
"version of the package that did not take care to remove the obsolete "
"conffile if this was not immediately implemented).  If I<lastversion> is "
"empty or omitted, then the operation is tried on every upgrade. I<package> "
"is the package name, it's optional as it will default to "
"$DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (this variable is set by dpkg to the name of the "
"package acted upon). All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be "
"forwarded to the program after \"--\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:75
msgid ""
"Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was "
"modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not "
"modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the "
"B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept "
"for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be "
"removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the "
"original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-"
"bak> file kept up to now."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "RENAMING A CONFFILE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:83
msgid ""
"If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure "
"you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change "
"to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user "
"being prompted by dpkg to approve the conffile edits even though they are "
"not responsible of them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:87
msgid ""
"Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
"in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:90
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n"
"        I<oldconffile> I<newconffile> I<lastversion> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:100
msgid ""
"I<oldconffile> and I<newconffile> are the old and new name of the conffile "
"to rename. I<lastversion> is the last version of the package that contained "
"the conffile with the old name. If I<lastversion> is empty or omitted, then "
"the operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the "
"version and have the operation tried only once). I<package> is the package "
"name, it's optional as it will default to $DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (this "
"variable is set by dpkg to the name of the package acted upon). All the "
"parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the program "
"after \"--\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:108
msgid ""
"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been "
"modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to "
"I<oldconffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes "
"I<oldconffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<oldconffile> to I<newconffile> "
"if I<oldconffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the "
"B<postrm> renames I<oldconffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<oldconffile> if "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:109
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES"
msgstr "パッケージに関する情報"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:116
msgid ""
"Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it "
"unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required "
"version of dpkg has been configured before. The required version depends on "
"the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "    Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.15.7.2)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:123
msgid ""
"But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the "
"package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only "
"if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed "
"dpkg:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:127
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports E<lt>commandE<gt>; then\n"
"        dpkg-maintscript-helper E<lt>commandE<gt> ...\n"
"    fi\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008 Joey Hess"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007 Guillem Jover"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2005 Scott James Remnant"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "2006-02-28"
msgid "2010-04-18"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:4
#, fuzzy
msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Packages ファイルの作成"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:15
msgid ""
"This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to "
"generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the "
"file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:26
msgid ""
"Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be "
"not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing "
"version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the "
"version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and "
"1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is "
"available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge "
"is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available \\[em] "
"it's part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl \\[em] otherwise you get a "
"global conflict on the content of the entry)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--merge-prereleases>, B<-m>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:33
msgid ""
"Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version "
"comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:38
msgid ""
"This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase "
"its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, "
"2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same "
"changelog entry that has evolved over time."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:45
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "ACTIONS"
msgid "LIMITATIONS"
msgstr "アクション"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:50
msgid ""
"Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge.  "
"This might include stuff like vim modelines, comments which were not "
"supposed to be there, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:56
msgid ""
"If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git "
"repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> "
"or B<~/.gitconfig>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n"
"     name = debian/changelog merge driver\n"
"     driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:64
msgid ""
"Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file "
"either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/"
"attributes>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2009-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-name.1:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-name"
msgstr "dpkg-name"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:9
msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
msgstr "dpkg-name - Debian パッケージを完全なパッケージの名前に変更"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:15
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<files>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] [B<--add>] I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:28
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy "
"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
"package name consists of "
"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>."
"E<lt>package_typeE<gt>> as specified in the control file of the package. The "
"I<E<lt>versionE<gt>> part of the filename consists of the upstream version "
"information optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. "
"The I<E<lt>package_typeE<gt>> part comes from that field if present or "
"fallbacks to B<deb>."
msgstr ""
"このマニュアルページでは、B<dpkg-name> シェルスクリプトについて説明する。"
"B<dpkg-name> シェルスクリプトは、B<Debian> パッケージを完全なパッケージ名に、"
"簡単に変更することができる。完全なパッケージ名とは、パッケージの control ファ"
"イルで指定された情報から得られる E<lt>パッケージE<gt>_E<lt>バージョン"
"E<gt>_E<lt>アーキテクチャE<gt>.deb という名前である。E<lt>バージョンE<gt> の"
"部分は、上流のバージョン情報にハイフン、そしてリビジョン情報が続いたものであ"
"る。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:30
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>"
msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:33
msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
msgstr "変更後のファイル名にアーキテクチャ情報を含ませない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>"
msgstr "B<-k, --symlink>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:36
msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
msgstr "移動するかわりにシンボリックリンクを作る。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>"
msgstr "B<-o, --overwrite>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:40
msgid ""
"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
"destination filename."
msgstr "変更後のファイル名と同名のファイルがあれば、それを上書きしてしまう。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]"
msgstr "B<-s, --subdir> [I<dir>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:52
msgid ""
"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument "
"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the "
"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of "
"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-"
"E<lt>architectureE<gt>/E<lt>sectionE<gt>'. If the section is not found in "
"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for "
"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `E<lt>sectionE<gt>/"
"binary-E<lt>architectureE<gt>'. The section field isn't required so a lot of "
"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with "
"care, it's messy."
msgstr ""
"ファイルをサブディレクトリに移動する。もし引数で指定したディレクトリが存在す"
"れば、パッケージの control のセクションフィールドから得られたターゲットディレ"
"クトリの名前のかわりにそのディレクトリにファイルを移動する。通常、ターゲット"
"ディレクトリは `unstable/binary-E<lt>アーキテクチャE<gt>/E<lt>セクション"
"E<gt>' である。もし control でのセクション情報がない場合は `no-section' とみ"
"なされる。そしてこの場合、`non-free' や `contrib' セクションの時と同様にター"
"ゲットディレクトリは `E<lt>セクションE<gt>/binary-E<lt>アーキテクチャE<gt>' "
"になる。セクションフィールドは必須ではないので多くのパッケージが `no-"
"section' の場所にいってしまうだろう。このオプションを使う時は注意すること。厄"
"介である。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>"
msgstr "B<-c, --create-dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:57
msgid ""
"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory "
"isn't found it will be created automatically.  B<Use this option with care.>"
msgstr ""
"このオプションは -s オプションとともに使うことができる。ターゲットディレクト"
"リがなければ、自動的に作成される。B<このオプションを使う時は注意すること。>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-v, --version>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:70
msgid ""
"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
"of `bar-foo.deb')."
msgstr ""
"ファイル `bar-foo.deb' が bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb のような感じに変更される。"
"(実際にどうなるかは `bar-foo.deb' の中の control の情報に依存する)"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
msgstr "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:75
msgid ""
"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
"architecture information."
msgstr ""
"ディレクトリ /root/debian 以下にあり拡張子が `deb' の全てのファイルを dpkg-"
"name を使ってアーキテクチャ情報なしの名前に変更する。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
msgstr "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:81
msgid ""
"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
"packages don't come with section information.  B<Don't do this.>"
msgstr ""
"B<やってはいけない!> 多くのパッケージはセクション情報をもっていないので、あな"
"たのアーカイブはぐちゃぐちゃになってしまうだろう。B<やってはいけない!>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-name.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:84
msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
msgstr "これは新しいパッケージを作る時に使うことができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:94
msgid ""
"Some packages don't follow the name structure "
"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>architectureE<gt>.deb. Packages "
"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no "
"impact on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1), but other "
"installation tools might depend on this naming structure."
msgstr ""
"パッケージによっては E<lt>パッケージE<gt>_E<lt>バージョンE<gt>_E<lt>アーキテ"
"クチャE<gt>.deb という名前ではない。 dpkg-name によって改名されたパッケージは"
"このような名前になる。一般には、これは B<dselect>(1)/ B<dpkg>(1) によってパッ"
"ケージがどのようにインストールされたかには影響はないが、この名前構造に依存し"
"ているインストールツールによっては影響があるかもしれない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:102
msgid ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-name.1:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst"
msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-05-19"
msgstr "2006-05-10"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:4
#, fuzzy
msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Packages ファイルの作成"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:14
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
"machine-readable form."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>I<libdir>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33
msgid ""
"Specify an additional directory to search for parser scripts.  This "
"directory is searched before the default directories which are currently B</"
"usr/local/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog> and B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "Parser Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:44
msgid ""
"The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog "
"parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output. They need to "
"be supported by the parser script in question. See also B<CAVEATS>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:44
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--format>I< outputformat>"
msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:53
msgid ""
"Set the output format. Currently supported values are I<dpkg> and "
"I<rfc822>.  I<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option "
"existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control "
"format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then "
"most fields are taken from the latest entry, except otherwise stated:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:54
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>pkg nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>ソース名E<gt>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>versionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>バージョン文字列E<gt>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Distribution:> E<lt>target distributionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>短い説明E<gt>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:60
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Urgency:> E<lt>urgencyE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:63
msgid "The highest urgency of all included entries is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:63
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>authorE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>名前 emailE<gt>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:65
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Date:> E<lt>dateE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Closes:> E<lt>bug numberE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>ソース名E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:70
msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:70
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Changes:> E<lt>changelog entriesE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>パッケージ名E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:77
msgid ""
"The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a "
"valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a "
"single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact "
"content depends on the changelog format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:80
msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:84
msgid ""
"The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate paragraph "
"for each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:84
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>,B< -v>I<version>"
msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:87
msgid "include all changes later than I<version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:87
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--until> I<version>, B<-u>I<version>"
msgstr "B<-v, --version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:90
msgid "include all changes earlier than I<version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:90
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>"
msgstr "B<-v, --version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:93
msgid "include all changes equal or later than I<version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:93
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>"
msgstr "B<-v, --version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:96
msgid "include all changes up to or equal than I<version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:96
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:100
msgid ""
"include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower "
"than 0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:100
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:104
msgid ""
"change the starting point for --count, counted from the top (or the tail if "
"I<number> is lower than 0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:104 update-alternatives.8:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--all>"
msgstr "B<--all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:108
msgid ""
"include all changes. Note: other options have no effect when this is in use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:114
msgid ""
"All B<Parser Options> except for -v are only supported in B<dpkg>, version "
"1.14.16 and later. Third party parsers for changelog formats other than "
"I<debian> might not support all options."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:122
msgid ""
"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number "
"itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007, 2008 Frank Lichtenheld"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-query.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-query"
msgstr "dpkg-query"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:4
msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
msgstr "dpkg-query - dpkg データベース問い合わせツール"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:12
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
"B<dpkg> database."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-query> は、B<dpkg> データベースから、パッケージの情報を表示するツール"
"である。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:14
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>..."
msgstr "B<-l> | B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is "
"given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones "
"marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been previously purged). "
"Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note "
"you will probably have to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell "
"from performing filename expansion. For example this will list all package "
"names starting with ``libc6'':"
msgstr ""
"指定したパターンにマッチする名前のパッケージを表示する。 I<package-name-"
"pattern> を指定しない場合は、 I</var/lib/dpkg/status> にある、purge 状態に"
"マークされていないすべてのパッケージの一覧を表示する。I<package-name-"
"pattern> には、標準的なシェルのワイルド文字を使用することができる。ただし、"
"シェルにファイル名展開をさせないように、I<package-name-pattern> をクオートす"
"る必要があることに注意していただきたい。例えば次のコマンドは、名前が "
"``libc6'' で始まるすべてのパッケージを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "  B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n"
msgstr "  B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:31
msgid ""
"The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package "
"status, and errors, in that order."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:33
msgid "Desired action:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  u = Unknown\n"
"  i = Install\n"
"  h = Hold\n"
"  r = Remove\n"
"  p = Purge\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Packages status list"
msgid "Package status:"
msgstr "パッケージ状況リスト"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  n = Not-installed\n"
"  c = Config-files\n"
"  H = Half-installed\n"
"  U = Unpacked\n"
"  F = Half-configured\n"
"  W = Triggers-awaiting\n"
"  t = Triggers-pending\n"
"  i = Installed\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:54
msgid "Error flags:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:57
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)\n"
"  R = Reinst-required\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:62
msgid ""
"An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause "
"severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above "
"states and flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:67
msgid ""
"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>)  and B<--"
"showformat> for a way to configure the output format."
msgstr ""
"この出力形式は変更可能ではないが、端末の横幅に合うように自動的に調整される。"
"この出力は人間に読みやすいものであり、機械に読ませるのには向かない。出力形式"
"の設定方法については、 B<-W> (B<--show>) と B<--showformat> を参照。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<package-name-pattern>..."
msgstr "B<-W> | B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:74
msgid ""
"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
"showformat> option.  The default output format gives one line per matching "
"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, "
"separated by a tab."
msgstr ""
"B<--list> オプションと同様に、指定したパターンにマッチするすべてのパッケージ"
"を表示する。さらに、このオプションの出力は、 B<--showformat> オプションによっ"
"てカスタマイズすることができる。デフォルトの出力形式は、マッチしたパッケージ"
"ごとに 1 行となる。それぞれの行は、パッケージ名とインストールしたバージョンが"
"タブ区切りで含まれる。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:74
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..."
msgstr "B<-s> | B<--status> I<package-name> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:78
msgid ""
"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the "
"installed package status database."
msgstr ""
"指定したパッケージの状況を報告する。これは、インストール済みパッケージ状況"
"データベースからの内容を表示しているだけである。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..."
msgstr "B<-L> | B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.  However, note "
"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed."
msgstr ""
"B<package-name> によってインストールしたファイルを表示する。ただし、パッケー"
"ジ付属のインストールスクリプトによって作成されたファイルは表示されないことに"
"注意すること。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:91
msgid ""
"List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name>.  "
"If I<control-file> is specified then only list the path for that control "
"file if it is present. B<Warning>: this command is semi-public, it should be "
"used only as a last resort solution, and if no other interface is available. "
"It might get deprecated later on if better interfaces or the current "
"architectural deficiencies have been solved."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:91
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..."
msgstr "B<-S> | B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:97
msgid ""
"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars "
"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created "
"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives."
msgstr ""
"指定したファイルがどのパッケージからインストールされたかを探す。パターンに"
"は、標準的なシェルのすべてのワイルド文字を使用することができる。このコマンド"
"では、メンテナスクリプトで作成された追加ファイルや、 alternatives は探すこと"
"ができない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:97
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..."
msgstr "B<-p> |B<--print-avail> I<package-name>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:104
msgid ""
"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/"
"available>. Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> "
"I<package-name> instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date "
"when using B<dselect>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-query.1:116
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>"
msgstr "B<-f> | B<--showformat=>I<format>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:123
msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:"
msgstr "フォーマット文字列中では、\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq はエスケープ文字である:"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:128
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    B<\\en>  newline\n"
"    B<\\er>  carriage return\n"
"    B<\\et>  tab\n"
msgstr ""
"    B<\\en>  改行\n"
"    B<\\er>  キャリッジリターン\n"
"    B<\\et>  タブ\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:133
msgid ""
"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning "
"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<"
"$>\\(rq."
msgstr ""
"前に \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq を置くことで、続くあらゆる文字の意味を抑制でき"
"る。\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq や \\(lqB<$>\\(rq のために有用である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:141
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. "
"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case "
"left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised but they "
"are not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or "
"fields stored in the binary package end up in it):"
msgstr ""
"パッケージ情報には、パッケージフィールドを参照する変数を含めることができる。"
"その変数の構文は、\\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq となる。それぞれ"
"のフィールドは右寄せで表示されるが、width に負の値を指定すると左寄せになる。"
"以下の I<field> は認識される:"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:176
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    B<Architecture>\n"
"    B<Bugs>\n"
"    B<Conffiles> (internal)\n"
"    B<Config-Version> (internal)\n"
"    B<Conflicts>\n"
"    B<Breaks>\n"
"    B<Depends>\n"
"    B<Description>\n"
"    B<Enhances>\n"
"    B<Essential>\n"
"    B<Filename> (internal, dselect related)\n"
"    B<Homepage>\n"
"    B<Installed-Size>\n"
"    B<MD5sum> (internal, dselect related)\n"
"    B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, dselect related)\n"
"    B<Maintainer>\n"
"    B<Origin>\n"
"    B<Package>\n"
"    B<Pre-Depends>\n"
"    B<Priority>\n"
"    B<Provides>\n"
"    B<Recommends>\n"
"    B<Replaces>\n"
"    B<Revision> (obsolete)\n"
"    B<Section>\n"
"    B<Size> (internal, dselect related)\n"
"    B<Source>\n"
"    B<Status> (internal)\n"
"    B<Suggests>\n"
"    B<Tag> (usually not in the .deb but in APT's Packages files)\n"
"    B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)\n"
"    B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)\n"
"    B<Version>\n"
msgstr ""
"    B<Architecture>\n"
"    B<Bugs>\n"
"    B<Conffiles>\n"
"    B<Config-Version>\n"
"    B<Conflicts>\n"
"    B<Depends>\n"
"    B<Description>\n"
"    B<Enhances>\n"
"    B<Essential>\n"
"    B<Filename>\n"
"    B<Installed-Size>\n"
"    B<MD5sum>\n"
"    B<MSDOS-Filename>\n"
"    B<Maintainer>\n"
"    B<Origin>\n"
"    B<Package>\n"
"    B<Pre-Depends>\n"
"    B<Priority>\n"
"    B<Provides>\n"
"    B<Recommends>\n"
"    B<Replaces>\n"
"    B<Revision>\n"
"    B<Section>\n"
"    B<Size>\n"
"    B<Source>\n"
"    B<Status>\n"
"    B<Suggests>\n"
"    B<Version>\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:184
msgid ""
"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq.  "
"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined "
"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no "
"conversion nor error checking is done on them.  To get the name of the dpkg "
"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
msgstr ""
"デフォルトのフォーマット文字列は  \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq "
"である。実際には、status ファイルに含まれる他のすべてのフィールド(つまり、"
"ユーザ定義フィールド)も指定することができる。これらはそのまま表示される。変換"
"やエラーチェックはされない。dpkg のメンテナとインストールされているバージョン"
"を得るには、これを実行する:"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:187
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "  B<dpkg-query -W -f=\\(aq${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en\\(aq dpkg>\n"
msgstr "  B<dpkg-query -W -f='${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' dpkg>\n"

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-query.1:189 dpkg-split.1:180 start-stop-daemon.8:256
#: update-alternatives.8:369
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "終了ステータス"

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-query.1:190 update-alternatives.8:370
#, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgid "The requested query was successfully performed."
msgstr "リクエストされたアクションが正しく実行された。"

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-query.1:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing "
#| "the action."
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered while parsing the command line or performing the "
"query, including no file or package being found (except for --control-path)."
msgstr ""
"コマンドラインの解釈を行うときか、アクションを実行するときに問題が起こった。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:201
msgid ""
"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the "
"width of its output."
msgstr "設定すると、B<--list> オプションによる出力の横幅を変更する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-query.1:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2001 Wichert Akkerman"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-scanpackages"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:15 dpkg-scansources.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-10-01"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:18
#, fuzzy
msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Packages ファイルの作成"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:27
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> "
"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:40
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the "
"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are "
"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use "
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to "
"install on a cluster of machines."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> は Debian バイナリパッケージのツリーを見て Packages ファ"
"イルを生成する。Packages ファイルは B<apt>(8) や B<dselect>(1) などに、どの"
"パッケージがインストールできるかをユーザに知らせるために利用している。これら"
"の Packages ファイルは Debian アーカイブサイトや CD-ROM などで使われているも"
"のと同じものである。もし、たくさんのマシンにインストールしたいローカルなパッ"
"ケージのディレクトリを作るなら、自分で B<dpkg-scanpackages> を使うことができ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you "
"will probably need to compress the file with B<bzip2>(1)  (generating a "
"Packages.bz2 file) or B<gzip>(1)  (generating a Packages.gz file). apt "
"ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local access (i.e.  B<file://> "
"sources)."
msgstr ""
"B<注意:> B<apt> で使うのであれば、生成した Packages ファイルを B<gzip>(1) で"
"圧縮する(Packages.gz を生成する)必要があるだろう。apt はローカルアクセス(つま"
"り B<file://> ソース)以外での非圧縮の Packages ファイルを無視する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:59
msgid ""
"I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for "
"example, B<contrib/binary-i386>).  It is best to make this relative to the "
"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages "
"file will start with this string."
msgstr ""
"I<binarydir> は処理するバイナリパッケージのツリーの名前である(例えば "
"B<contrib/binary-i386> など)。Debian アーカイブのルートからの相対にしておくの"
"が最もいい方法である。なぜなら Packages ファイルに含まれている各々の "
"Filename フィールドはこの文字列で始まるからである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
#| "about how the package fits into the distribution; see below."
msgid ""
"I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
"about how the package fits into the distribution (it can be a compressed "
"file); see B<deb-override>(5)."
msgstr ""
"I<overridefile> はパッケージがディストリビューションに合うようにするための情"
"報を含んでいるファイルの名前である。以下を参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:67
msgid ""
"I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
msgstr ""
"I<pathprefix> は Filename フィールドで前に追加できるオプションの文字列であ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
"architecture only the first one found is used."
msgstr ""
"2 つ以上のバージョンのパッケージがあれば、最新の 1 つだけが出力に含まれる。同"
"一のバージョンでアーキテクチャだけが異なる場合は、最初の 1 つだけが使用され"
"る。この動きは B<-m> スイッチで変更できる。このスイッチが指定された場合は、み"
"つかったパッケージすべてが出力に含まれる。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:76
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb."
msgstr "B<-u> を指定した場合は、*.deb の代わりに *.udeb をスキャンする。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:76
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>, B<--udeb>"
msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:79
msgid "B<Obsolete> alias for B<-tudeb>."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:79 dpkg-scansources.1:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:85 dpkg-scansources.1:55
msgid ""
"Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed). "
"See B<deb-extra-override>(5)  for more information on its format."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:85
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>"
msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:89
msgid ""
"Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of "
"scanning for all debs."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:89
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>"
msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:92
msgid "Include all found packages in the output."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:92
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:97
msgid ""
"Add an X-Medium field containing the value I<id-string>. This field is "
"required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> files for use by the multicd "
"access method of dselect."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:104 update-alternatives.8:441
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-#  ja.po (dpkg man pages)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
"診断\n"
"#-#-#-#-#  ja.po (dpkg man pages)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
"診断メッセージ"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:110
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> は通常の自己説明的なエラーを出力する。パッケージが間違っ"
"たディレクトリにある、複数ある、control ファイルに Filename フィールドがあ"
"る、override ファイルにない、実行されなかったメンテナの置換があるなどといった"
"警告もする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), "
"B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-scansources.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-scansources"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:4
#, fuzzy
msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files"
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - Packages ファイルの作成"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:13
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<options>] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
"prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] I<binarydir> "
"I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:18
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files.  These "
"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:29
msgid ""
"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
"files. The file can be compressed. See B<deb-override>(5)  for the format of "
"this file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not "
"source, packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The current "
"implementation uses the highest priority of all the binary packages produced "
"by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the source package, and the override "
"entry for the first binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify "
"maintainer information. This might change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:33
msgid ""
"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8)  "
"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1)  (generating a "
"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local "
"access (i.e.  B<file://> sources)."
msgstr ""
"B<注意:> B<apt> で使うのであれば、生成した Packages ファイルを B<gzip>(1) で"
"圧縮する(Packages.gz を生成する)必要があるだろう。apt はローカルアクセス(つま"
"り B<file://> ソース)以外での非圧縮の Packages ファイルを無視する。"

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-scansources.1:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:49
msgid ""
"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package "
"name."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-scansources.1:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:59
msgid ""
"Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed).  The "
"default is the name of the override file you specified with I<.src> appended."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65
msgid ""
"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
"the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:67
msgid "Turn debugging on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:76
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-scansources.1:78
msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps"
msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-03-08"
msgstr "2006-04-09"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:4
msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:10
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<options>] I<executable>|B<-e>I<executable> [I<options>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:24
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:"
">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any "
"other variables starting I<shlibs:> are removed from the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:47
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate "
"dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each "
"binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries "
"that it's linked with.  Then, for each library, it looks up either the "
"I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if "
"debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are "
"supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available "
"as /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>."
"I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library "
"file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would "
"use), then use B<dpkg -S >I<library-file> to lookup the package providing "
"the library."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "Symbols files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:52
msgid ""
"Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the "
"minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script "
"tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the "
"following places (first match is used):"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:60
msgid ""
"Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
"invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>.  They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1).  "
"They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The "
"symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from "
"other binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:65
msgid ""
"Per-system overriding shared library dependency information.  I<arch> is the "
"architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -"
"qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<admindir>/info/I<package>.symbols"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:68 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:102
msgid ""
"Package-provided shared library dependency information.  Unless overridden, "
"I<admindir> is /var/lib/dpkg."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:75
msgid ""
"While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers "
"the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the "
"process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library "
"used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:82
msgid ""
"As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a I<Build-Depends-"
"Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will extract the "
"minimal version required by the corresponding package in the Build-Depends "
"field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal version computed "
"by scanning symbols."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shlibs files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:86
msgid ""
"Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking "
"at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe "
"and easy to handle."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:89
msgid ""
"The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first "
"file providing information for the library of interest is used:"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/shlibs.local"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:91
msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:91
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.override"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:93
msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:99
msgid ""
"Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
"invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>.  They are only used if the library is found in a "
"package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence "
"over shlibs files from other binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<admindir>/info/I<package>.shlibs"
msgstr ""

#. type: IP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:102
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.default"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:104
msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:108
msgid ""
"The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are "
"filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker "
"than another dependency)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:113
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:113
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:117
msgid ""
"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
"I<executable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:123
msgid ""
"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
"I<dependencyfield>.  (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:133
msgid ""
"The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after "
"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>.  The default "
"I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:141
msgid ""
"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
"one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will "
"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one "
"representing the most important dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:152
msgid ""
"Start substitution variables with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:"
">.  Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with "
"I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>)  are removed from the the "
"substitution variables file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:158
msgid ""
"Print substitution variable settings to standard output, rather than being "
"added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:158
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:165
msgid ""
"Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package "
"type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged "
"information. The default package type is \"deb\". Shared library dependency "
"information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the "
"type, a colon, and whitespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:171
msgid ""
"Read overriding shared library dependency information from "
"I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:177
msgid ""
"Write substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/"
"substvars>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:177
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>"
msgstr "B<-G>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:182
msgid ""
"Enable verbose mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
"shlibdeps> does."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:182
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>I<package>"
msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:189
msgid ""
"Exclude the package from the generated dependencies. This is useful to avoid "
"self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF binaries (executables or "
"library plugins) using a library contained in the same package. This option "
"can be used multiple times to exclude several packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:189
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>"
msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:196
msgid ""
"Look into I<pkgbuilddir> first when trying to find a library. This is useful "
"when the source package builds multiple flavors of the same library and you "
"want to ensure that you get the dependency from a given binary package. You "
"can use this option multiple times: directories will be tried in the same "
"order before directories of other binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:202
msgid ""
"Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library.  "
"Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries should provide dependency "
"information (either with shlibs files, or with symbols files)  even if they "
"are not yet used by other packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:202
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:213
msgid ""
"I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by "
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>.  Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning \"symbol I<sym> used "
"by I<binary> found in none of the libraries\", bit 1 (value=2) enables the "
"warning \"dependency on I<library> could be avoided\" and bit 2 (value=4)  "
"enables the warning \"I<binary> shouldn't be linked with I<library>\".  The "
"default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active by default, the "
"last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings to be active."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:224
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "WARNINGS"
msgstr "警告"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:232
msgid ""
"Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of "
"the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They "
"inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, "
"those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of "
"decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:232
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<symbol>I< sym>B< used by >I<binary>B< found in none of the libraries.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:238
msgid ""
"The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
"binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked "
"with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> "
"of the linker)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:238
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<binary>B< contains an unresolvable reference to symbol >I<sym>B<: it's probably a plugin>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:251
msgid ""
"The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
"binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably "
"provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't "
"have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be "
"clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a "
"non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared "
"library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But "
"there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs "
"linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In "
"that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dependency on >I<library>B< could be avoided if >I<binaries>B< were not uselessly linked against it (they use none of its symbols).>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:257
msgid ""
"None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the "
"symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid "
"the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is "
"also generated by another library that is really used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:257
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<binary>B< shouldn't be linked with >I<library>B< (it uses none of its symbols).>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:264
msgid ""
"The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a "
"problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be "
"obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the "
"same information than the previous one but does it for each binary instead "
"of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:264
#, no-wrap
msgid "ERRORS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:271
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a "
"binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either "
"shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned "
"(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a "
"SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:271
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<couldn't find library >I<library-soname>B< needed by >I<binary>B< (its RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:287
msgid ""
"The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
"has been unable to find the library.  B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of "
"directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the "
"binary, directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, directories listed in the "
"LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, and standard public directories (/"
"lib, /usr/lib, /lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it checks those "
"directories in the package's build tree of the binary being analyzed, in the "
"packages's build trees indicated with the -S command-line option, in other "
"packages's build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or DEBIAN/symbols file "
"and finally in the root directory.  If the library is not found in any of "
"those directories, then you get this error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:293
msgid ""
"If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then "
"you want to add the directory to LD_LIBRARY_PATH. If it's in another binary "
"package being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of "
"this package is already created and that LD_LIBRARY_PATH contains the "
"appropriate directory if it also is in a private directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<no dependency information found for >I<library-file>B< (used by >I<binary>B<).>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:306
msgid ""
"The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in "
"I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency "
"information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to "
"map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S >I<library-"
"file>.  Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in /var/"
"lib/dpkg/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/DEBIAN/)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:320
msgid ""
"This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the "
"package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within "
"the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in "
"which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling "
"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under "
"a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl."
"so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any "
"package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback "
"on a canonical name (using B<realpath>(3))  but it might not always work. "
"It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:326
msgid ""
"Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (-v) will provide much more "
"information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This "
"might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2006 Frank Lichtenheld"
msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-source.1:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-source"
msgstr "dpkg-query"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-source.1:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-11-11"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:5
#, fuzzy
msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> は、Debian アーカイブの作成、展開、情報の表示をする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:10
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<options>] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:14
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> は、Debian アーカイブの作成、展開、情報の表示をする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:18
msgid ""
"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
"argument."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc >[I<output-directory>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:30
msgid ""
"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name "
"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>).  An optional second non-option "
"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source "
"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the "
"source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version> "
"under the current working directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:36
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source "
"package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory "
"as the B<.dsc>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:44
msgid ""
"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will "
"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' "
"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will "
"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:49
msgid ""
"If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all "
"formats except \"1.0\"), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> "
"so that the following builds of the source package use the same format by "
"default."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:50
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:57
msgid ""
"Build a source package. The first non-option argument is taken as the name "
"of the directory containing the debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian "
"sub-directory and maybe changes to the original files).  Depending on the "
"source package format used to build the package, additional parameters might "
"be accepted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:66
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in "
"this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command-line "
"option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, \"1.0\". The "
"fallback to \"1.0\" is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the "
"future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/"
"source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive "
"description of the various source package formats."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:72
msgid ""
"Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if "
"B<dpkg-source -b >I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and with "
"the same parameters)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:73
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:81
msgid ""
"This command should be called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). This "
"command should be idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all "
"source formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually "
"prepare the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that the "
"Debian patches are applied."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:82
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:89
msgid ""
"This command should be called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage> calls it last). This command should be idempotent and can be "
"called multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this "
"hook, and those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has "
"done."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-source.1:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "GENERIC BUILD OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:105
msgid ""
"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
"is B<debian/control>.  If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
"starting at the source tree's top level directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:112
msgid ""
"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is "
"B<debian/changelog>.  If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
"starting at the source tree's top level directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:117
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--format=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<format>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:121
msgid ""
"Use the given format for building the source package. It does override any "
"format given in B<debian/source/format>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:131
msgid ""
"Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is to not read "
"any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
"variables from multiple files."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:145
msgid ""
"Specify the compression to use for created files (tarballs and diffs).  Note "
"that this option will not cause existing tarballs to be recompressed, it "
"only affects new files. Supported values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and "
"I<xz>.  I<gzip> is the default. I<xz> is only supported since dpkg-dev "
"1.15.5."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:145
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:151
msgid ""
"Compression level to use. As with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. "
"Supported values are: I<1> to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>.  I<9> is the "
"default."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i>[I<regexp>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regexp>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:163
msgid ""
"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find "
"command.) (If the source package is being built as a version 3 source "
"package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore uncommited changes on "
"specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)  B<-i> by itself "
"enables the option, with a default regexp that will filter out control files "
"and directories of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap "
"files and Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active "
"regexp, of multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:173
msgid ""
"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
"the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system and "
"want to use a checkout to build a source package without including the "
"additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. CVS/, ."
"cvsignore, .svn/). The default regexp is already very exhaustive, but if you "
"need to replace it, please note that by default it can match any part of a "
"path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or only full "
"filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. '(^|/)', "
"'($|/)') yourself."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regexp>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:180
msgid ""
"The perl regular expression specified will extend the default regular "
"expression associated to B<-i> by concatenating \"B<|>I<regexp>\" to the "
"default regexp.  This option is convenient to use in B<debian/source/"
"options> to exclude some auto-generated files from the automatic patch "
"generation."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:189
msgid ""
"If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s --"
"exclude option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file. For "
"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ."
"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple "
"patterns to exclude."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:194
msgid ""
"B<-I> by itself adds default --exclude options that will filter out control "
"files and directories of the most common revision control systems, backup "
"and swap files and Libtool build output directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:206
msgid ""
"B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very "
"different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a "
"perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full "
"relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a "
"filename pattern with shell wildcards.  The pattern is applied to the full "
"relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact "
"semantic of tar's --exclude option is somewhat complicated, see http://www."
"gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards for a full documentation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:209
msgid ""
"The default regexp and patterns for both options can be seen in the output "
"of the B<--help> command."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-source.1:209
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "GENERIC EXTRACT OPTIONS"
msgstr "その他のオプション"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:210
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-copy>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package."
msgstr "パッケージの短い説明文"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:213
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-check>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:216
msgid "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:224
msgid ""
"Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP "
"signature that can be verified either with the user's I<trustedkeys.gpg> "
"keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of the official Debian "
"keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> and I</usr/share/"
"keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-source.1:225
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS"
msgstr "パッケージフラグ"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:230
msgid ""
"If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either "
"\"3.0 (quilt)\" or \"3.0 (native)\". See http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/"
"DebSrc3.0 for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 1.0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:235
msgid ""
"A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> "
"associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package "
"is said to be I<native>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:237 dpkg-source.1:405 dpkg-source.1:566 dpkg-source.1:605
msgid "B<Extracting>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:247
msgid ""
"Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in "
"the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first "
"unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the "
"B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the "
"extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading "
"to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new "
"files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but can't remove "
"files (empty files will be left over)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:249 dpkg-source.1:433 dpkg-source.1:577 dpkg-source.1:610
msgid "B<Building>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:255
msgid ""
"Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source "
"directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original "
"tarball in a separate \".orig\" directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> "
"by comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:256
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Build options (with -b):>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:269
msgid ""
"If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the "
"original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a "
"Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no second argument "
"is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile "
"I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source "
"directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:275
msgid ""
"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:275
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sk>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:284
msgid ""
"Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default "
"I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>.  It will leave "
"this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current "
"directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into "
"I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:284 dpkg-source.1:353
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sp>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:289
msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:289 dpkg-source.1:359
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-su>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:297
msgid ""
"Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default "
"I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a "
"new original source archive from it."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:297
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sr>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:302
msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:302
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-ss>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:310
msgid ""
"Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a "
"tarfile. dpkg-source will use the directory to create the diff, but the "
"tarfile to create the B<.dsc>.  This option must be used with care - if the "
"directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:310 dpkg-source.1:362
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sn>"
msgstr "B<-B>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:316
msgid ""
"Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff.  "
"The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for "
"Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and "
"therefore have no debianisation diffs."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:316
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>"
msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:342
msgid ""
"Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a "
"directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string "
"(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>).  If a tarfile is found it will unpack "
"it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-"
"sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source "
"and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found "
"it will assume that the package has no debianisation diffs, only a "
"straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>).  If both are "
"found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-"
"sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>)  or raise an error if B<-"
"sa> was specified.  B<-sA> is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:342 dpkg-source.1:525
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:348
msgid ""
"The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of "
"the debian sub-directory. This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/"
"options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Extract options (with -x):>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:353
msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:359
msgid ""
"Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a "
"tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an "
"existing but different file is there it will be copied there.  (B<This is "
"the default>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:362
msgid "Unpacks the original source tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:367
msgid ""
"Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory "
"nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is "
"still removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:372
msgid ""
"All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than "
"one only the last one will be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:372 dpkg-source.1:535
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--skip-debianization>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:375
msgid "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:376
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 2.0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:380
msgid ""
"Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-spread usage, "
"the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" replaces it. Wig&pen was the first specification "
"of a new-generation source package format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:385
msgid ""
"The behaviour of this format is the same as the \"3.0 (quilt)\" format "
"except that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in "
"B<debian/patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\ew-]+> must be "
"valid patches: they are applied at extraction time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:388
msgid ""
"When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is "
"stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:389
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:395
msgid ""
"This format is an extension of the native package format as defined in the "
"1.0 format. It supports all compression methods and will ignore by default "
"any VCS specific files and directories as well as many temporary files (see "
"default value associated to B<-I> option in the B<--help> output)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:396
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:403
msgid ""
"A source package in this format contains at least an original tarball (B<."
"orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a "
"debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It can also contain additional "
"original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>).  I<component> can "
"only contain alphanumeric characters and dashes (\"-\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:414
msgid ""
"The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original "
"tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part "
"of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian "
"tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of "
"any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must "
"contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files "
"outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:426
msgid ""
"All patches listed in B<debian/patches/debian.series> or B<debian/patches/"
"series> are then applied.  If the former file is used and the latter one "
"doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then the latter is replaced with a symlink "
"to the former. This is meant to simplify usage of quilt to manage the set of "
"patches. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series "
"files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line "
"after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those "
"options and always expect patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> option "
"of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such options, "
"and the build is likely to fail."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:428
msgid ""
"Similarly to quilt's default behaviour, the patches can remove files too."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:431
msgid ""
"The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied "
"during the extraction."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:443
msgid ""
"All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a "
"temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the "
"debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches "
"except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-"
"changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary "
"directory is compared to the source package directory and the diff (if non-"
"empty) is stored in the automatic patch.  If the automatic patch is created/"
"deleted, it's added/removed from the series file and from the quilt metadata."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:451
msgid ""
"Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus "
"lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that "
"modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/"
"include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in the "
"debian sub-directory unless they have been whitelisted through B<debian/"
"source/include-binaries>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:454
msgid ""
"The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used "
"to generate the debian tarball."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:460
msgid ""
"The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific "
"files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> "
"option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by "
"quilt is ignored during generation of the automatic patch."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:474
msgid ""
"Note: B<dpkg-source> expects the source tree to have all patches listed in "
"the series file applied when you generate the source package.  This is not "
"the case when the source tree has been obtained by unpacking a source "
"package using the Format: 1.0 for instance. To mitigate the problem, B<dpkg-"
"source> will apply the patches by itself if it believes that they have not "
"yet been applied. To detect this situation, it uses the following heuristic: "
"it finds the list of supposedly unapplied patches (they are listed in the "
"B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), and if the first patch in "
"that set can be applied without errors, it will apply them all.  The option "
"B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this behaviour. This operation is "
"usually done as part of the B<--prepare-build> command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:476 dpkg-source.1:547 dpkg-source.1:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<Build options>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:476
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>"
msgstr "B<-v, --version>"

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:484
msgid ""
"Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the quilt "
"metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know about it. "
"Effectively this says that the given version of the quilt metadata is "
"compatible with the version 2 that B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The "
"version of the quilt metadata is stored in B<.pc/.version>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:484
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-removal>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:488
msgid ""
"Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated "
"patch."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:488
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-timestamp>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:491
msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:491
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-binaries>"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:496
msgid ""
"Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/"
"source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds "
"and this option is thus no more needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:496
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-preparation>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:500
msgid ""
"Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are "
"apparently unapplied."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:500
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>"

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:510
msgid ""
"Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-"
"changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during "
"build. This option is particularly useful when the package is maintained in "
"a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. Instead the current diff "
"with upstream should be stored in a single patch. When using this option, it "
"is recommended to create a debian/source/patch-header file explaining how "
"the Debian changes can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:510
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:516
msgid ""
"Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and "
"if there are supplementary original tarballs. This option is meant to be "
"used when the source package is just a bundle of multiple upstream software "
"and where there's no \"main\" software."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:516
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--unapply-patches>"
msgstr "B<--update>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:525
msgid ""
"Unapply the patches in the B<--after-build> hook. This is mainly useful when "
"you build your package directly in a VCS that contains unpatched upstream "
"source and where you want to keep the tree unpatched even after a package "
"build. This option is usually put in B<debian/source/local-options> (it's "
"not allowed in B<debian/source/options> so that all generated source "
"packages have the same behaviour by default)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:532
msgid ""
"The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated. This option can "
"be used to ensure that all changes were properly recorded in separate quilt "
"patches prior to the source package build. This option is not allowed in "
"B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:535
msgid "B<Extract options>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:538
msgid "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:538
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--skip-patches>"
msgstr "B<--update>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:541
msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:542
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:545
msgid ""
"This format is particular. It doesn't represent a real source package format "
"but can be used to create source packages with arbitrary files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:551
msgid ""
"All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated "
"source package. They must exist and are preferrably in the current "
"directory. At least one file must be given."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:551
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:556
msgid ""
"B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package.  The "
"generated .dsc file will contain this value in its I<Format> field and not "
"\"3.0 (custom)\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:557
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:559
msgid "This format is experimental."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:564
msgid ""
"A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git "
"repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package.  There may also be a B<."
"gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:570
msgid ""
"The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory.  If there "
"is a gitshallow file, it is installed as `.git/shallow` inside the cloned "
"git repository."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:575
msgid ""
"Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked "
"out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically \"master\", but "
"it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available, under as "
"`remotes/origin/`"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:580 dpkg-source.1:613
msgid ""
"Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have "
"any non-ignored uncommitted changes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:584
msgid ""
"B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository.  By "
"default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:586
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:596
msgid ""
"Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the "
"default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified "
"multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It "
"may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For "
"example, to include only the master branch, use --git-ref=master. To include "
"all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use --git-ref=--all --"
"git-ref=^private"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-source.1:596
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:600
msgid ""
"Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of "
"revisions."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:600
#, no-wrap
msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:603
msgid ""
"This format is experimental. It generates a single tarball containing the "
"bzr repository."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:608
msgid ""
"The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:617
msgid ""
"Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a "
"temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, "
"various cleanup are done to save space."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-source.1:617
#, no-wrap
msgid "WARNINGS AND ERRORS"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:618
#, no-wrap
msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:624
msgid ""
"The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the "
"desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format \"1.0\" is "
"assumed when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some "
"point in the future dpkg-source will be modified to fail when that file "
"doesn't exist."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:630
msgid ""
"The rationale is that format \"1.0\" is no longer the recommended format, "
"you should usually pick one of the newer formats (\"3.0 (quilt)\", \"3.0 "
"(native)\") but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you.  If "
"you want to continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it "
"and put \"1.0\" in B<debian/source/format>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:630
#, no-wrap
msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:637
msgid ""
"When using source format \"1.0\" it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream "
"files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ."
"diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the debian "
"directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you can "
"also use the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" that offers this natively."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:637
#, no-wrap
msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:643
msgid ""
"Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all "
"changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of "
"plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different "
"type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you "
"will get this error message."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:643
#, no-wrap
msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:646
msgid ""
"Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not "
"recorded in the source package and you are warned about it."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:646
#, no-wrap
msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:647
#, no-wrap
msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:651
msgid ""
"Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions "
"are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: dpkg-source.1:651
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "FILE FORMATS"
msgstr "フォーマット"

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:652
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:656
msgid ""
"This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build "
"the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or "
"trailing spaces are allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:656
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/include-binaries"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:660
msgid ""
"This file contains a list of binary files (one per line) that should be "
"included in the debian tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped.  "
"Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are "
"ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:660
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/options"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:666
msgid ""
"This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically "
"prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source -b> or "
"B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--"
"compression-level> are well suited for this file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:672
msgid ""
"Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting "
"with \"#\" are ignored. The leading \"--\" should be stripped and short "
"options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the \"=\" symbol "
"and optional quotes are allowed around the value.  Here's an example of such "
"a file:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n"
"  compression = \"bzip2\"\n"
"  compression-level = 9\n"
"  # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n"
"  single-debian-patch\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:681
msgid ""
"Note: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use "
"B<debian/source/format> instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:681
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/local-options"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:686
msgid ""
"Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included "
"in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied "
"to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is "
"maintained."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:686
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "debian/source/patch-header"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:689
msgid ""
"Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in "
"formats \"2.0\" or \"3.0 (quilt)\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: dpkg-source.1:689
#, no-wrap
msgid "debian/patches/series"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:698
msgid ""
"This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order)  on "
"top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are "
"stripped. Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty "
"lines are ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to "
"the B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end "
"of line. Optional quilt options can follow up to the end of line or the "
"first \"#\" preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a "
"comment up to the end of line)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-source.1:705
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
"B<xargs>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-split.1:2
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-split"
msgstr "dpkg suite"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-06-26"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:5
#, fuzzy
msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian パッケージアーカイブ (.deb) 操作ツール"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:10
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<options>] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:16
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
"small media such as floppy disks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:20
msgid ""
"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:28
msgid ""
"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
"discard> options allow the management of the queue."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:31
msgid ""
"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
"on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:33
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name> ..]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:36
#, fuzzy
msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
msgstr "deb-old - Debian バイナリパッケージ旧形式フォーマット"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:44
msgid ""
"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
"decimal)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:52
msgid ""
"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archive>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:56
msgid ""
"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
"as it was before it was split."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:60
msgid ""
"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:65
msgid ""
"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:67
msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:70
msgid "By default the output file is called I<package>B<->I<version>B<.deb>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..."
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:76
msgid ""
"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s)  "
"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
"saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output part>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:79
msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:84
msgid ""
"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:91
msgid ""
"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:97
msgid ""
"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
"not created."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:104
msgid ""
"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:111
msgid ""
"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>.  (If "
"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
"to expect.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:111
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>"
msgstr "B<-l, --license>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:114
msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:118
msgid ""
"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
"stored in the queue."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:118
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:122
msgid ""
"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
"of their packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:127
msgid ""
"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:135
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:140
msgid ""
"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
"reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:140
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>"
msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:144
msgid ""
"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). "
"The default is 450 KiB."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:147
msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:152
msgid ""
"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>)  and is "
"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:152
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:163
msgid ""
"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:163
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--msdos>"
msgstr "B<--old>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:168
msgid ""
"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:174
msgid ""
"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:179
msgid ""
"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:186
msgid ""
"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other "
"command succeeded.  B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files "
"are not binary package parts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:192
msgid ""
"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the "
"I<part> file was not a binary package part."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:196
msgid ""
"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call "
"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a "
"usage error or some other problem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:201
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-split> uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames "
"of Debian packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:204
msgid ""
"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
"digging into the queue directory yourself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:207
msgid ""
"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
"part is one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:211
msgid ""
"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the "
"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not "
"present in the filenames generated."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-split.1:213
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:217
msgid ""
"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:222
msgid ""
"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
"split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
"filename format should not be relied upon."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-split.1:228
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-statoverride"
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian project"
msgstr "Debian project"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:4
msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - ファイルの所有権やモードを変更する"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
msgid ""
"`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1)  to use a different owner "
"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' "
"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, "
"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only "
"executable by a certain group."
msgstr ""
"`B<stat override>' とは、パッケージがインストールされるときに、ファイルの所有"
"者やモードを変更するよう B<dpkg>(1) に指示する方法である(注意: ここでは「ファ"
"イル」という言葉を使ったが、実際には dpkg が扱えるファイルシステムオブジェク"
"トならなんでもよい。つまりディレクトリやデバイスなどでも OK)。これを用いる"
"と、通常 setuid されるプログラムを setuid フラグ無しでインストールしたり、特"
"定のグループのみに実行許可を与えるようにしたりできる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:23
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-statoverride> は stat override のリストを管理するユーティリティであ"
"る。 override を追加・削除・表示するという、3 つの基本機能がある。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--add>I< user group mode file>"
msgstr "B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:33
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add an override for I<file>. I<file> does not need to exist when this "
"command is used; the override will be stored and used later.  Users and "
"groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), or "
"by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' (for example B<#0> or "
"B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal."
msgstr ""
"B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> の override を追加する。 B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> はコマンドの実行"
"時には存在していなくてもよい。override は保存され、後で用いられる。ユーザとグ"
"ループは名前(例えば B<root> とか B<nobody> とか)でも指定できるし、前に "
"`B<#>' 文字をつけた数字(例えば B<#0> とか B<#65534> とか)でも指定できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If --update is specified and I<file> exists, it is immediately set to the "
"new owner and mode."
msgstr ""
"--update を指定し、B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> が存在する場合は、すぐにその所有者とモー"
"ドを新しい値に変更する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an override for I<file>, the status of I<file> is left unchanged by "
"this command."
msgstr ""
"B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> の override を削除する。B<E<lt>fileE<gt>> の状態はこのコマ"
"ンドでは変化しない。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:40
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]"
msgstr "B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:45
msgid ""
"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the "
"glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1."
msgstr ""
"override をすべてリストする。glob パターンが指定された場合は、マッチした "
"override のみを出力する。override が全くない場合や、glob にマッチするものがひ"
"とつもなかった場合は、B<dpkg-statoverride> は終了コード 1 で終了する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change the I<directory> of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is "
"also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>."
msgstr ""
"dpkg データベースのディレクトリを変更する。statoverride のファイルもここに保"
"存される。デフォルトは I</var/lib/dpkg>。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:57 update-alternatives.8:337
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force>"
msgstr "B<--force>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61
msgid ""
"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it.  This "
"is necessary to override an existing override."
msgstr ""
"sanity チェック(正気度チェック)が禁止するような場合でも、動作を強制的に行う。"
"既存の override を変更する場合には、これを指定する必要がある。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--update>"
msgstr "B<--update>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:65
msgid ""
"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists."
msgstr ""
"ファイルが存在する場合は、すぐにその所有者とモードを新しい値に変更しようとす"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:68
msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
msgstr "動作を無口に行う。"

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:75
msgid ""
"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files "
"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'."
msgstr ""
"システムの現在の stat override のリストが書かれたファイル。dpkg の管理ディレ"
"クトリに、dpkg に取って重要な他のファイル(`status' や `available' など)といっ"
"しょに置かれる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-statoverride.8:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with "
"extension \"-old\", before replacing it with the new one."
msgstr ""
"注意: dpkg-statoverride はこのファイルを新しく書き変える前に、古いコピーを "
"\"-old\" を追加した名前で保存する。"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-trigger.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-trigger"
msgstr "dpkg-divert"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:4
msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:11
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

# type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:15
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its "
"support on the running B<dpkg>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:21
msgid ""
"This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations "
"where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control "
"file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and "
"by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run "
"by B<dpkg-trigger>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:23
msgid "Unrecognised trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-trigger.1:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--check-supported>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:31
msgid ""
"Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a "
"postinst). Will exit 0 if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or 1 with an "
"error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just to "
"activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-trigger.1:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>"
msgstr "B<--package>I< E<lt>packageE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:49
msgid ""
"Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the "
"DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE environment variable of the maintainer scripts, "
"naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by "
"default)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-trigger.1:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-await>"
msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:56
msgid ""
"This option arranges that the calling package T (if any) need not await the "
"processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I, will not be added "
"to T's trigger processing awaited list and T's status is unchanged.  T may "
"be considered installed even though I may not yet have processed the trigger."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-trigger.1:56
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-act>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:59
msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-trigger.1:62
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb actions>"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-vendor.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-vendor"
msgstr "dpkg-divert"

#. type: TH
#: dpkg-vendor.1:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-05-10"
msgstr "2006-05-10"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:4
msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:13
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in B</etc/"
"dpkg/origins>. B</etc/dpkg/origins/default> contains information about the "
"current vendor."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:15
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--is>I< vendor>"
msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:19
msgid ""
"Exits with 0 if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with non-"
"zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:19
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--derives-from>I< vendor>"
msgstr "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:24
msgid ""
"Exits with 0 if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of "
"I<vendor>, otherwise exits with non-zero. It uses the \"Parent\" field to "
"browse all ancestors of the current vendor."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:24
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--query>I< field>"
msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:28
msgid ""
"Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the "
"current vendor."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--vendor>I< vendor>"
msgstr "B<--divert>I< E<lt>divert-toE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:41
msgid ""
"Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the "
"DEB_VENDOR environment variable or B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: dpkg-vendor.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:47
msgid ""
"This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
"current vendor by reading B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dpkg-vendor.1:50 update-alternatives.8:491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright \\(co 2009 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog"
msgstr "Copyright 2001 Joey Hess"

#. type: TH
#: dselect.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dselect"
msgstr "dselect"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:4
msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
msgstr "dselect - Debian パッケージ管理フロントエンド"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--"
#| "version>] [B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-"
#| "D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> "
#| "I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]"
msgid ""
"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] "
"[B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--"
"colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<"
"+attr+..>]]]"
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> [B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] "
"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-"
"D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>] [I<E<lt>actionE<gt>>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> "
"I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"B<dselect>\n"
"is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n"
"system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
" - Update the list of available package versions,\n"
" - View the status of installed and available packages,\n"
" - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n"
" - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n"
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> は Debian システムの、主要なパッケージ管理用ユーザインターフェースの一つである。システム管理者は、B<dselect> のメインメニューで以下の操作を行える。\n"
" - 利用可能パッケージのバージョンリストの更新。\n"
" - インストール済み・利用可能パッケージの状況の参照。\n"
" - 代替パッケージの選択及び依存関係管理。\n"
" - 新規パッケージのインストールや新バージョンへの更新。\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:37
msgid ""
"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian "
"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
"and installable packages from package repositories.  Depending on the used "
"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the "
"internet, local archive servers or cdroms.  The recommended access method is "
"I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> は、B<dpkg>(1) (下位層 Debian パッケージ管理ツール) のフロントエン"
"ドとして動作する。パッケージの依存・競合の解決を行なえる、全画面パッケージ選"
"択マネージャであることが特徴である。管理者権限で起動すると、パッケージのイン"
"ストール、更新、削除を行うことができる。またパッケージリポジトリより、利用可"
"能パッケージのバージョン情報や、インストール可能パッケージの取得するための、"
"様々なアクセス方式を設定できる。使用するアクセス方式によって、インターネット"
"上の公開サーバ、ローカルサーバ、CD-ROM をリポジトリにできる。推奨するアクセス"
"方式は、B<apt> パッケージで提供する I<apt> である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:43
msgid ""
"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline "
"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
"or show additional information about the program."
msgstr ""
"通常、B<dselect> はパラメータなしで起動する。ユーザへは、対話的メニューで、ア"
"クションのリストを提供する。引数で、アクションを与えられた場合、直ちにそのア"
"クションを実行する。いくつかのコマンドラインパラメータで、B<dselect> の動きを"
"修正したり、プログラムの補足情報を示すことができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the "
#| "B<dselect> configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>. Each line in the "
#| "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the "
#| "commandline option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts "
#| "with a B<#>)."
msgid ""
"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B<dselect> "
"configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> or the files on the "
"configuration directory I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the "
"configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline "
"option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
msgstr ""
"オプションはすべて、コマンドライン及び B<dselect> の設定ファイル I</etc/dpkg/"
"dselect.cfg> の両方で指定できる。設定ファイル中の各行には、オプション (正確に"
"はコマンドラインオプションからダッシュを除いたもの) か、コメント (行が B<#> "
"で始まる場合) を記述する。"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:57
msgid ""
"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar "
"files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there "
"shouldn't be any need to change it."
msgstr ""
"dpkg が使用する `status' ファイルや `available' ファイルなどを置くディレクト"
"リを変更する。デフォルトは I</var/lib/dpkg> で、通常変更する必要はない。"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<--debug>I< E<lt>fileE<gt> >|I< >B<-D>I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:60
msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>."
msgstr "デバッグを有効にする。デバッグ情報は I<E<lt>fileE<gt>> に送られる。"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--expert>"
msgstr "B<--expert>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:64
msgid ""
"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
msgstr "エキスパートモードを有効にする。つまり、うるさいヘルプを表示しない。"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]"
msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:71
msgid ""
"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors.  "
"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). "
"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of "
"the screen.  The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:"
msgstr ""
"表示色を設定する。ディスプレイがカラー表示をサポートしている場合に有効であ"
"る。このオプションは、複数回指定できる(そして I<dselect.cfg> で一番使用されて"
"いる)。指定ごとに、画面の一部の色(や他の属性)を変更する。画面 (上から下まで) "
"の部位は次のとおり:"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<title>"
msgstr "B<title>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:75
msgid "The screen title."
msgstr "画面タイトル"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<listhead>"
msgstr "B<listhead>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:78
msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
msgstr "パッケージリストの上のヘッダライン"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<list>"
msgstr "B<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:81
msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
msgstr "パッケージリストのスクロール領域 (ヘルプも表示する)"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<listsel>"
msgstr "B<listsel>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:84
msgid "The selected item in the list."
msgstr "リスト内の選択行"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstate>"
msgstr "B<pkgstate>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:88
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
"package."
msgstr "パッケージリスト中、パッケージの現在状況表示部"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
msgstr "B<pkgstatesel>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:92
msgid ""
"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
"currently selected package."
msgstr "パッケージリスト中、選択したパッケージの現在状況表示部"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infohead>"
msgstr "B<infohead>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:95
msgid ""
"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
msgstr "選択中パッケージの状況表示部のヘッダ行"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infodesc>"
msgstr "B<infodesc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:98
msgid "The package's short description."
msgstr "パッケージの短い説明文"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<info>"
msgstr "B<info>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:101
msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
msgstr "パッケージの説明などのパッケージ情報表示部"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<infofoot>"
msgstr "B<infofoot>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:104
msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
msgstr "パッケージ選択時の画面最下行"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<query>"
msgstr "B<query>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:107
msgid "Used to display query lines"
msgstr "要求行表示部"

#. type: TP
#: dselect.1:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<helpscreen>"
msgstr "B<helpscreen>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:110
msgid "Color of help screens."
msgstr "ヘルプ画面の色"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:115
msgid ""
"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names."
msgstr ""
"画面の部位の後に、コロンと色設定を記述する。コンパイル時の色を無視して、前景"
"色、背景色あるいは両方を指定することができる。標準 curses 色名称を使用する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:121
msgid ""
"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work "
"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, "
"bold"
msgstr ""
"任意で、色設定の後に別のコロンで、属性を設定できる。これはプラス(\"+\")文字に"
"よって分離された、複数の属性のリストである。利用可能な属性を以下列挙する(すべ"
"ての属性がすべての端末で有効とは限らない): normal, standout, underline, "
"reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:124
msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
msgstr "簡単なヘルプを表示し、正常終了する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-#  ja.po (dpkg man pages)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
"バージョン情報を表示し、正常終了する。\n"
"#-#-#-#-#  ja.po (dpkg man pages)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
"バージョン情報を表示して正常終了する。"

#. type: SH
#: dselect.1:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "USAGE"
msgstr "使用方法"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:133
msgid ""
"When B<dselect> is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of "
"available actions:"
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> を対話的に起動すると、以下の利用可能アクションのメニューをユーザに"
"提示する。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "access"
msgstr "access"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:135
msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
msgstr ""
"パッケージリポジトリにアクセスするための、アクセス方式を選択・設定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:141
msgid ""
"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<floppy>, "
"I<harddisk> or I<cdrom>, but other packages may provide additional methods, "
"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package or I<multi_cd> "
"by the B<dpkg-multicd> package."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは B<dselect> は I<floppy>, I<harddisk>, I<cdrom> といった、いく"
"つかの方式を提供する。しかし、他のパッケージが追加アクセス方式を提供すること"
"もある。例えば、I<apt> アクセス方式は B<apt> パッケージで提供され、 "
"I<multi_cd> は B<dpkg-multicd> で提供される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:143
msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
msgstr "I<apt> アクセス方式の使用を、強く推奨する。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "update"
msgstr "update"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:146
msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
msgstr "利用可能パッケージデータベースをリフレッシュする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:153
msgid ""
"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>.  These files can be generated by repository "
"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
msgstr ""
"利用可能パッケージのバージョンリストを、現在設定しているアクセス方式で、パッ"
"ケージリポジトリから取得し、dpkg データベースを更新する。パッケージリストは、"
"一般的には B<Packages>, B<Packages.gz> という名前で、リポジトリより提供されて"
"いる。リポジトリ管理者は、B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1) というプログラムを使用し"
"て、このファイルを生成することができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:156
msgid ""
"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation.  "
"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
msgstr ""
"update アクションの詳細は、アクセス方式の実装に依存する。通常、このプロセスは"
"単純で、ユーザの入力を必要としない。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "select"
msgstr "select"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:159
msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
msgstr "パッケージの選択や依存関係の表示・管理を行う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:165
msgid ""
"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
"changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
msgstr ""
"これが B<dselect> のメイン機能である。選択した画面で、全利用可能・インストー"
"ル済みパッケージのリストを調査できる。管理者権限で実行すると、対話的に、パッ"
"ケージ選択状況を変更することもできる。 B<dselect> は、選択状況の変更に関連し"
"て起こる他の依存・競合パッケージについても同様に追跡する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:172
msgid ""
"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
"the unresolved depends or conflicts."
msgstr ""
"競合や依存の失敗を検出すると、依存関係解決サブ画面をユーザに提示する。この画"
"面では、競合パッケージや依存パッケージを、その理由とともに表示する。ユーザ"
"は、B<dselect> が提案した変更案を適用してもよいし、その案を上書きしてもよい。"
"また、変更をすべて元に戻してもよい。以上を、依存・競合が解決されるまで、繰り"
"返す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:175
msgid ""
"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
"in more detail below."
msgstr "対話的なパッケージ選択管理画面の詳細な使い方を後述する。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "install"
msgstr "install"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:178
msgid "Installs selected packages."
msgstr "選択したパッケージをインストールする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:184
msgid ""
"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>.  Depending "
"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched "
"before installation, or fetched when needed.  Some access methods may also "
"remove packages that were marked for removal."
msgstr ""
"インストール・更新するパッケージを、設定したアクセス方式で適切なリポジトリよ"
"り取得し、 B<dpkg> を用いてインストールを行う。アクセス方式の実装に依存する"
"が、インストール前に全パッケージを取得、もしくは必要な時に取得する。アクセス"
"方式により、削除マークをつけたパッケージの削除を行う場合もある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:192
msgid ""
"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved.  If problems "
"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian."
"org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if "
"these are installed."
msgstr ""
"インストール中にエラーが発生した場合、もう一度 install を行うよう促される。そ"
"の場合でも、ほとんど問題が発生しないか、解決済みとなっている。問題が残ったま"
"まだったり、インストールが異常終了する場合、原因・事情を調べて、Debian バグ追"
"跡システムへバグ報告をしていただきたい。バグ報告の方法は、http://bugs.debian."
"org/ や、インストールされていれば、 B<bug>(1) や B<reportbug>(1) の文書を参照"
"のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:199
msgid ""
"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation.  "
"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, "
"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts "
"in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1)  library, "
"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
msgstr ""
"install アクションの詳細はアクセス方式の実装に依存する。パッケージのインス"
"トール、設定、削除中に、ユーザに注意を促したり、入力を要求する可能性もある。"
"これはパッケージ管理者スクリプトに依存する。パッケージによっては、B<debconf>"
"(1) ライブラリを用いており、より柔軟で自動化されたインストールセットアップが"
"可能である。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "config"
msgstr "config"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:202
msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
msgstr ""
"すでにインストール済みだが、設定が完了していないパッケージの設定を行う。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "remove"
msgstr "remove"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:205
msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
msgstr "削除マークをつけたインストール済みパッケージの、削除・完全削除を行う。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "quit"
msgstr "quit"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:208
msgid "Quit B<dselect>"
msgstr "B<dselect> を終了する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:210
msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode."
msgstr "エラーコード 0 (成功) でプログラムを終了する。"

#. type: SH
#: dselect.1:212
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package selections management"
msgstr "パッケージ選択管理"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "入門"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:230
msgid ""
"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian "
"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system.  In "
"case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
"contained in the B<debian-policy> package."
msgstr ""
"大量の相互依存関係を持つパッケージ群を B<dselect> で管理する複雑さに、管理者"
"は直面する。 Debian パッケージ管理システムの概念や、その方法に慣れていない"
"ユーザにとっては、これは圧倒的ですらある。 B<dselect> は、パッケージ管理と管"
"理作業の負担緩和を目指している。しかし、単に負担緩和に役立つだけで、管理者と"
"しての技術や知識の代用にはならない。ユーザには、Debian パッケージングシステム"
"についての基礎概念に精通することが要求される。疑問があれば、B<dpkg>(1) のマ"
"ニュアルや、B<debian-policy> パッケージに含まれている Debian ポリシーマニュア"
"ルを参照してほしい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:236
msgid ""
"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
"screens, when one pops up.  The online help screens can at any time be "
"invoked with the B<'?'> key."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> が、エキスパートモードや直接モードで起動されない場合、メニューから"
"アクションを選ぶ際に、初めにヘルプ画面が表示される。オンラインヘルプ画面が"
"ポップアップした際には、そこに示される内容をすべて検討するよう、I<強く>お奨め"
"する。オンラインヘルプ画面は、いつでも B<'？'> キーで表示できる。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "Screen layout"
msgstr "画面レイアウト"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:245
msgid ""
"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half.  The top "
"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
"currently selected in the top half of the screen.  The type of detail that "
"is displayed can be varied."
msgstr ""
"選択画面は、デフォルトで上下 2 分割されている。上半分は、パッケージリストを表"
"示している。カーソルバーで個々のパッケージを選択したり、グループヘッダを選択"
"(できれば)して、パッケージグループを選択したりできる。画面の下半分は、画面の"
"上半分で現在選択しているパッケージの詳細が表示される。表示される詳細のタイプ"
"は、変更できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:248
msgid ""
"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
msgstr ""
" B<'I'> キーを押すごとに、パッケージリストの全画面表示、パッケージ詳細の拡"
"大、画面の均等分割を切り替える。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:249
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package details view"
msgstr "パッケージ詳細表示"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:258
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n"
"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n"
"The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
"alternates between:\n"
" - the extended description\n"
" - the control information for the installed version\n"
" - the control information for the available version\n"
msgstr ""
"デフォルトのパッケージ詳細表示部は、パッケージ状況リスト中で現在選択されているパッケージの、長いパッケージ説明文を表示する。詳細タイプは B<'i'> キーを押すごとに以下が切り替わる。\n"
" - 長い説明文\n"
" - インストール済みバージョンのコントロール情報\n"
" - 利用可能バージョンのコントロール情報\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:262
msgid ""
"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
"causing it to be listed."
msgstr ""
"依存関係解決画面では、特定のパッケージの未解決依存・競合関係を、その原因とと"
"もに表示する可能性がある。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "Packages status list"
msgstr "パッケージ状況リスト"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:268
msgid ""
"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian "
"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
"and packages known from the available packages database."
msgstr ""
"メイン選択画面は、 Debian パッケージ管理システムが知っている全パッケージを表"
"示する。これには、システムにインストール済みのパッケージと、利用可能パッケー"
"ジデータベースが知っているパッケージが含まれる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:276
msgid ""
"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
"installed and available versions, the package name and its short "
"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the "
"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between "
"verbose and shorthand.  Shorthand display is the default."
msgstr ""
"リストにはパッケージごとに、パッケージの状況、優先度、セクション、インストー"
"ル済み・利用可能バージョン、パッケージ名、短い説明文が 1 行で表示される。 "
"B<'V'> キーを押すと、インストール済みバージョンと利用可能バージョンの表示を "
"ON/OFF できる。 B<'v'> キーを押すと、パッケージ状況を詳細表示と簡略表示で切り"
"替える。簡略表示がデフォルトである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:282
msgid ""
"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
"the current selection state.  The first two relate to the actual state of "
"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user."
msgstr ""
"状況簡略表示は、以下の 4 パートに分かれている。エラーフラグ (通常クリア)、現"
"在の状況、前回選択状況、今回選択状況である。始めの 2 つはパッケージの現在の状"
"況を表し、その後の 2 つはユーザがセットした選択状況を表している。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:300
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n"
" Error flag:\n"
"  I<empty>   no error\n"
"  B<R>       serious error, needs reinstallation;\n"
" Installed state:\n"
"  I<empty>   not installed;\n"
"  B<*>       fully installed and configured;\n"
"  B<->       not installed but some config files may remain;\n"
"  B<U>       unpacked but not yet configured;\n"
"  B<C>       half-configured (an error happened);\n"
"  B<I>       half-installed (an error happened).\n"
" Current and requested selections:\n"
"  B<*>       marked for installation or upgrade;\n"
"  B<->       marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n"
"  B<=>       on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n"
"  B<_>       marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n"
"  B<n>       package is new and has yet to be marked.\n"
msgstr ""
"パッケージ状況簡略表示部のコードには以下の意味がある。\n"
" エラーフラグ:\n"
"  I<空>      エラーなし\n"
"  B<R>       深刻なエラー (要再インストール)\n"
" インストール状況:\n"
"  I<空>      未インストール\n"
"  B<*>       インストール済み、かつ設定済み\n"
"  B<->       未インストールだが、設定ファイルが残っている\n"
"  B<U>       展開済みだが設定が済んでいない\n"
"  B<C>       半設定状況 (エラー発生)\n"
"  B<I>       半インストール状況 (エラー発生)\n"
" 現在の選択・要求した選択:\n"
"  B<*>       インストール・更新マーク\n"
"  B<->       削除マーク (設定ファイルは残す)\n"
"  B<=>       保留 (パッケージになにも処理を行わない)\n"
"  B<_>       完全削除マーク (設定ファイルも削除する)\n"
"  B<n>       新規パッケージでまだマーク付けされていない\n"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:301
#, no-wrap
msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
msgstr "カーソルおよび画面移動"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:306
msgid ""
"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
msgstr ""
"パッケージ選択リストや依存・競合関係解決画面では、以下のキー割当のコマンドで"
"操作できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:323
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  B<p, Up, k>           move cursor bar up\n"
"  B<n, Down, j>         move cursor bar down\n"
"  B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n"
"  B<N, Pgdn, Space>     scroll list 1 page down\n"
"  B<^p>                 scroll list 1 line up\n"
"  B<^n>                 scroll list 1 line down\n"
"  B<t, Home>            jump to top of list\n"
"  B<e, End>             jump to end of list\n"
"  B<u>                  scroll info 1 page up\n"
"  B<d>                  scroll info 1 page down\n"
"  B<^u>                 scroll info 1 line up\n"
"  B<^d>                 scroll info 1 line down\n"
"  B<B, Left-arrow>      pan display 1/3 screen left\n"
"  B<F, Right-arrow>     pan display 1/3 screen right\n"
"  B<^b>                 pan display 1 character left\n"
"  B<^f>                 pan display 1 character right\n"
msgstr ""
"  B<p, Up, k>           カーソルバーを上に移動\n"
"  B<n, Down, j>         カーソルバーを下に移動\n"
"  B<P, Pgup, Backspace> リストを 1 ページ上にスクロール\n"
"  B<N, Pgdn, Space>     リストを 1 ページ下にスクロール\n"
"  B<^p>                 リストを 1 行上にスクロール\n"
"  B<^n>                 リストを 1 行下にスクロール\n"
"  B<t, Home>            リストの先頭にジャンプ\n"
"  B<e, End>             リストの最後にジャンプ\n"
"  B<u>                  情報を 1 ページ上にスクロール\n"
"  B<d>                  情報を 1 ページ下にスクロール\n"
"  B<^u>                 情報を 1 行上にスクロール\n"
"  B<^d>                 情報を 1 行下にスクロール\n"
"  B<B, Left-arrow>      表示を 1/3 画面左にスクロール\n"
"  B<F, Right-arrow>     表示を 1/3 画面右にスクロール\n"
"  B<^b>                 表示を 1 文字左にスクロール\n"
"  B<^f>                 表示を 1 文字右にスクロール\n"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:324
#, no-wrap
msgid "Searching and sorting"
msgstr "検索と並べ替え"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:338
msgid ""
"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
"interpreted as a B<regex>(7)  regular expression.  If you add B<'/d'> to the "
"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/"
"i'> the search will be case insensitive.  You may combine these two suffixes "
"like this: B<'/id'>.  Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly "
"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found.  If "
"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues "
"searching from there."
msgstr ""
"パッケージリストはパッケージ名で検索することができる。パッケージのリストで"
"は、 B<'/'> を押してから、単純な検索文字列を入力することで、パッケージ名の検"
"索ができる。この文字列は、正規表現 B<regex>(7) で解析される。検索文字列に続け"
"て B<'/d'> を加えると、説明文からも検索する。 B<'/i'> を加えた場合は、大文字"
"小文字の区別をしない。この 2 つの添字を B<'/id'> のようにつなげても記述でき"
"る。検索結果に対して、続けて B<'n'> ないし B<'\\e'> キーを押すと、目的のパッ"
"ケージが得られるまで、検索を繰り返せる。検索がリストの最後まで達すると、先頭"
"に戻る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n"
"the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n"
"The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n"
" alphabet          available           status\n"
" priority+section  available+priority  status+priority\n"
" section+priority  available+section   status+section\n"
msgstr ""
"リストのソート順は、B<'o'> と B<'O'> キーを繰り返し押して変更する。\n"
"以下の 9 通りのソート順を選べる。\n"
" アルファベット     利用可能             状況\n"
" 優先度+セクション  利用可能+優先度      状況+優先度\n"
" セクション+優先度  利用可能+セクション  状況+セクション\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:348
msgid ""
"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
"subordering sort key."
msgstr "上記リストには明記していないが、最後にアルファベット順でソートされる。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "Altering selections"
msgstr "選択の変更"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:358
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n"
"altered with the following commands:\n"
"  B<+, Insert>    install or upgrade\n"
"  B<=, H>         hold in present state and version\n"
"  B<:, G>         unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n"
"  B<-, Delete>    remove, but leave configuration\n"
"  B<_>            remove & purge configuration\n"
msgstr ""
"それぞれのパッケージの要求選択状況は、以下のコマンドで変更できる。\n"
"  B<+, Insert>    インストール・更新する\n"
"  B<=, H>         現在の状況・バージョンを保留する\n"
"  B<:, G>         保留解除 (更新ないし未インストールのままとする)\n"
"  B<-, Delete>    削除して設定は残す\n"
"  B<_>            削除して設定も消す\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:362
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"This will be further explained below."
msgstr ""
"変更要求の結果、依存を満足しなかったり競合した場合、 B<dselect> は依存関係解"
"決画面を提示する。これは後ほど説明する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:367
msgid ""
"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
msgstr ""
"さらに、グループヘッダ上にカーソルバーを移動して、パッケージ選択のグループに"
"コマンドを適用することができる。パッケージの正確なグループ化ができるかは、現"
"在のリストのソート順設定に依存する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:373
msgid ""
"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
"operations are useful when applied to groups."
msgstr ""
"一度に大量の未解決依存・競合を発生させるため、中身が大きいグループを変更する"
"場合は、十分注意するべきである。 1 つの依存関係解決画面に、すべて表示されるこ"
"ととなるため、これを解決するのは非常に難しい。実際には、グループの変更が有用"
"なのは、保留や保留解除の時ぐらいである。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:374
#, no-wrap
msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
msgstr "依存・競合解決"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:379
msgid ""
"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
"First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
msgstr ""
"選択状況を変更して未解決依存・競合が発生した場合、 B<dselect> は依存関係解決"
"画面を表示する。初めての場合は、その前にヘルプ画面を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:386
msgid ""
"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose "
"removal can resolve any of the conflicts.  The bottom half defaults to show "
"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be "
"listed."
msgstr ""
"この画面の上半分には、未解決依存・競合があるパッケージや、要求された変更の結"
"果、そして依存を解決するのにインストールすればいいパッケージ、競合を解決する"
"のに削除すればいいパッケージをすべて表示する。下半分には、現在選択している"
"パッケージの依存や競合の原因を、デフォルトで表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:392
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
"in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency "
"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
"suggestions made by B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"パッケージのサブリストが初期表示されたとき、 B<dselect> は、依存関係解決画面"
"が表示されるときに依存や競合を解決するよう、リストしたパッケージの選択状況を"
"すでに変更しているかもしれない。通常、B<dselect> による提案を採用するのが最良"
"である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:400
msgid ""
"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested.  Finally, by pressing "
"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
msgstr ""
"B<'R'> キーを押すことで、パッケージリストの選択状況を、未解決依存・競合が作成"
"される前のように、元に戻せるだろう。B<'D'> キーを押すことで、自動提案はリセッ"
"トされるが、依存関係解決画面が示した変更は、要求したものと同様に維持される。"
"最終的に B<'U'> を押すことで、自動提案をセットすることができる。"

#. type: SS
#: dselect.1:401
#, no-wrap
msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
msgstr "選択要求の確定"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:408
msgid ""
"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
"If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
"selections, the new selections will be set.  However, if there are any "
"unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
"resolution screen."
msgstr ""
"B<enter> を押すと、現在表示されている選択セットで確定する。選択要求の結果、未"
"解決依存が検出されなければ、 B<dselect> は新しい選択を設定する。しかし、いま"
"だ未解決依存が存在する場合、 B<dselect> は依存関係解決画面を改めて表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:414
msgid ""
"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
"this unless you've read the fine print."
msgstr ""
"未解決依存・競合が存在する選択状況で、B<dselect> は確定を強制するには、 "
"B<'Q'> キーを押す。これはユーザが指定した選択を無条件にセットする。一般的に、"
"詳細を読んでいなければ、これをしないこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:421
msgid ""
"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or "
"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
"the last established settings."
msgstr ""
"反対に、選択を取り消して選択リストを元に戻す場合は、 B<'X'> キーや B<escape> "
"キーを押すこと。キーを何回も押すことで、問題のある変更要求を取り消し、最後に"
"確定した選択に戻すことができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:428
msgid ""
"If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the "
"selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the B<'C'> "
"key.  This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, "
"but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed "
"B<enter> by accident."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:435
msgid ""
"If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
"specific configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:441
msgid ""
"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users.  "
"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> パッケージ選択インターフェースは、新しいユーザを混乱させる。聞くと"
"ころでは、経験を積んだカーネル開発者ですら、これを嘆いている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:443
msgid "The documentation is lacking."
msgstr "文書が足りない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:445
msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
msgstr "メインメニューにヘルプオプションがない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:447
msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
msgstr "利用可能パッケージのリスト表示を減らせない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:451
msgid ""
"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, "
"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
msgstr ""
"内蔵アクセス方式では、もはや現在の品質基準を満たせない。 apt が提供するアクセ"
"ス方式を利用すれば、壊れないだけでなく、内蔵アクセス方式より遙かに柔軟であ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:457
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:462
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full "
#| "list of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'."
msgid ""
"B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list "
"of contributors may be found in 'dselect --version'."
msgstr ""
"B<dselect> は、Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu) によって書かれた。 この"
"プログラムへの全貢献者一覧は `dselect --license' で参照できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.1:465
msgid ""
"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, "
"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij."
msgstr ""
"このマニュアルは Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt> によって書か"
"れ、 Josip Rodin, Joost kooij が更新した。"

#. type: TH
#: dselect.cfg.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "dselect.cfg"
msgstr "dselect"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:4
msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:11
msgid ""
"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect "
"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
"option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
"hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:14
#, fuzzy
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:16
#, fuzzy
msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:18
msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
"contributed to B<dselect>."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg> に貢献した人のリストは B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> に\n"
"挙げてある。\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: dselect.cfg.5:24
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dselect>(1)."
msgstr "B<date>(1)"

#. type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "start-stop-daemon"
msgstr "start-stop-daemon"

#. type: TH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-02-26"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:4
msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
msgstr "start-stop-daemon - システムデーモンプログラムの起動、停止"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:9
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<options>] I<command>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<options>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:15
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
"system-level processes.  Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-"
"daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process."
msgstr ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> はシステムレベルのプロセスの生成や停止を制御するために使"
"用される。また、 B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, B<--name> オプションを指"
"定することで、実行中のプロセスを見つけることができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:34
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar "
"to B<killall>(1).  B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking "
"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if "
"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the "
"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the TERM signal (or the one "
"specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--stop> is specified. For "
"daemons which have long-lived children which need to live through a B<--"
"stop>, you must specify a pidfile."
msgstr ""
"注意: B<--pidfile> を指定しない場合、B<start-stop-daemon> は B<killall>(1) と"
"似た動きをする。B<start-stop-daemon> は、(指定されていれば)プロセス名、uid、"
"および gid にマッチするプロセスをプロセステーブルから検索する。B<--start> が"
"指定されている場合にマッチするプロセスがあれば、デーモンは起動されない。B<--"
"stop> が指定されていれば、マッチするプロセスすべてに KILL シグナルが送られ"
"る。そのため、B<--stop> を与えられても生き延びる必要があるような、長生きする"
"子プロセスを持つデーモンには、 pidfile を指定しなければならない。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<options> [B<-->] I<arguments>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:53
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for the existence of a specified process.  If such a process exists, "
"B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--"
"oknodo> is specified).  If such a process does not exist, it starts an "
"instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if "
"specified, by B<--startas>.  Any arguments given after B<--> on the command "
"line are passed unmodified to the program being started."
msgstr ""
"B<--start> を使用すると、 B<start-stop-daemon> は指定されたプロセスが存在する"
"かを調べる。該当するプロセスが存在する場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> は何もせ"
"ず、エラーステータス 1 を返して終了する (B<--oknodo> が指定された場合は、0 を"
"返す)。該当するプロセスが存在しない場合、 B<--exec> により (又は、 B<--"
"startas> が指定された場合はこれにより) 指定される実行ファイルを起動する。コマ"
"ンドライン上で B<--> 以降に与えられた任意の引数は起動されるプログラムにそのま"
"ま引き渡される。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Checks for the existence of a specified process.  If such a process exists, "
"B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits "
"with error status 0.  If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> "
"exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is "
"specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have "
"terminated."
msgstr ""
"B<--stop> を使用すると、 B<start-stop-daemon> は指定されたプロセスが存在する"
"かを調べる。該当するプロセスが存在する場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> は B<--"
"signal> により指定されたシグナルをそのプロセスに送り、エラーステータス 0 を返"
"して終了する。該当するプロセスが存在しない場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> はエ"
"ラーステータス 1 を返して終了する( B<--oknodo> が指定された場合は 0 を返す)。"
"B<--retry> を指定した場合、B<start-stop-daemon> はそのプロセスが終了したこと"
"を確認する。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:71
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show usage information and exit."
msgstr "利用方法に関する情報を表示する。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:74
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show the program version and exit."
msgstr "バージョンと著作権に関する情報を表示する。"

#. type: SH
#: start-stop-daemon.8:78
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS"
msgstr "アクション・オプション"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:79
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:83
msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
msgstr "I<pid-file> で指定されるプロセス ID を持つプロセスを調べる。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:83
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>"
msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<executable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
msgid ""
"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</"
"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)."
msgstr ""
"(B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe> により)指定された executable のプロセスを調べる。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:87
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>"
msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<process-name>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
msgid ""
"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
">I<pid>B</stat>)."
msgstr ""
"(B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat> により) I<process-name> という名のプロセスを調べる。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:93
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:99
msgid ""
"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
msgstr ""
"I<username> または I<uid> で指定されるユーザが所有するプロセスを調べる。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:101
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:104
msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
msgstr "プロセスを開始する時点で、I<group> や I<gid> を変更する。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>"
msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<signal>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
"(default TERM)."
msgstr ""
"B<--stop> が同時に与えられた時、プロセスを停止するために送るシグナルを指定す"
"る (デフォルトは 15)。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:109
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:119
msgid ""
"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
"process(es)  do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
"then take further action as determined by the schedule."
msgstr ""
"同時に B<--stop> が与えられると B<start-stop-daemon> はどのプロセスを終了させ"
"るかを確認する。マッチした実行中のプロセスが全て終了するまで繰り返し確認す"
"る。もしプロセスが終了しなければ、 I<schedule> により決定される別のアクション"
"が実行される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:130
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule "
"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
"signal specified with B<--signal>."
msgstr ""
"もし I<timeout> が I<schedule> のかわりに指定されていると、 I<signal>B</"
">I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> が使われる。ここで I<signal> は B<--signal> で"
"指定されるシグナルである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:146
msgid ""
"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds "
"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the "
"schedule forever if necessary."
msgstr ""
"I<schedule> はスラッシュ (B</>) で区切られた少なくとも 2 つの要素からなるリス"
"トである。それぞれの要素は、B<->I<signal-number> もしくは [B<->]I<signal-"
"name> の場合は送るべきシグナル、 I<timeout> の場合はプロセスが終了するのを待"
"つ秒数、 B<forever> の場合はもし必要なら残りの I<schedule> を繰り返し適用する"
"ことを意味する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
msgid ""
"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2.  If a schedule is specified, "
"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored."
msgstr ""
"もし I<schedule> を全て使い切って、 B<forever> が指定されていない場合は、 "
"B<start-stop-daemon> はエラー状態 2 で終了する。もし schedule が指定されてい"
"れば、 B<--signal> で指定したシグナルは無視される。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:156
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>"
msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<pathname>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
msgid ""
"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>.  If not "
"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
msgstr ""
"同時に B<--start> が与えられると、 I<pathname> により指定されるプロセスを起動"
"する。このオプションが指定されない場合、 B<--exec> に与えられる引数がデフォル"
"トになる。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:164
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:168
msgid ""
"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
"no action."
msgstr ""
"実行しようとする処理内容を出力し，それに伴い適切な返り値が設定されるが、実際"
"の処理は行わない。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:168
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>"
msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:171
msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
msgstr ""
"処理が何も行われない(又は、行なわれようともしなかった)場合、終了ステータス 1 "
"のかわりに 0 を返す。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:171
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
msgstr "参考情報を出力しない。エラーメッセージのみ表示。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:174
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"
msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:192
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>).  If a user is "
"specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used.  When "
"using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups "
"are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--"
"group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of "
"(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
msgstr ""
"処理を開始する前に指定されたユーザ名 / ユーザ ID に変更する。 B<:> の後にグ"
"ループ名またはグループ ID を与えることによりグループも指定できる。これは "
"`chown' コマンドと同じ書式 (I<user>B<:>I<group>) である。このオプションを使用"
"した時には、 B<--group> オプションが指定されていない場合であってもプライマリ"
"グループと補助グループは同様に設定されることを理解していなければならない。 "
"B<--group> オプションは、( B<nobody> のような一般的ユーザに対してプロセス単位"
"でグループに追加するというように) ユーザが通常のメンバーでないグループを指定"
"する場合にのみ使用する。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:192
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>"
msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:198
msgid ""
"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
"the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
msgstr ""
"処理を開始する前に、 I<root> に chdir と chroot を実行する。pidfile は "
"chroot 後に、書き出されることに注意すること。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:198
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:206
msgid ""
"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
msgstr ""
"プロセスを開始する前に、 I<path> に chdir する。 B<-r>|B<--chroot> オプション"
"を同時に指定した場合は、 chroot のあとに chdir する。そうでない場合は、start-"
"stop-daemon は、プロセスを開始する前に root ディレクトリに chdir する。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:206
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>"
msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
"force it into the background.  B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check "
"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a "
"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense "
"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to "
"do this themselves."
msgstr ""
"典型的には、デーモンプロセスを切り離せないプログラムで使用される。このオプ"
"ションを指定した場合、 B<start-stop-daemon> は自分自身を対象プロセスの実行前"
"に fork し、以後バックグラウンドで処理を行う。 B<警告: start-stop-daemon> は "
"B<何らかの理由>によって処理の実行に失敗した場合に、その終了ステータスをチェッ"
"クできない。このオプションは最終手段であり、自分から fork することに意味のな"
"いプログラムや、fork を自分で行うためのコードを追加できないプログラムのみでの"
"使用を意図している。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:218
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:221
msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
msgstr "プロセスを開始する前にプロセスのプライオリティを変更する。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:221
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
msgid ""
"This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before "
"starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> "
"followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 0. The currently supported "
"policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:227
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:234
msgid ""
"This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before "
"starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> "
"followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is "
"B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The currently supported values "
"for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and B<real-time>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:234
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>"
msgstr "B<-k>|B<--umask> I<mask>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:237
msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it."
msgstr "プロセスを開始する前にプロセスの umask を設定する。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:237
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>"
msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:252
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, "
"the file will not be removed when stopping the program.  B<NOTE:> This "
"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being "
"executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is usually only "
"useful when combined with the B<--background> option."
msgstr ""
"自分自身で PID ファイルを作成しないプログラムを起動する際に使用する。このオプ"
"ションにより、処理の実行直前に B<start-stop-daemon> は B<--pidfile> で参照さ"
"れるファイルを作成し、配置する。このファイルはプログラムの停止時に削除されな"
"いことに注意されたい。B<注意:> このオプションは動作しない場合がある。特に、プ"
"ログラムの実行時にそのメインプロセスから fork するようなプログラムでは正しく"
"動作しない。このため、通常は B<--background> オプションと併用する場合にのみ有"
"用である。"

#. type: TP
#: start-stop-daemon.8:252
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:255
msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
msgstr "詳しい情報を出力する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:272
msgid ""
"B<start-stop-daemon> returns 0 if the requested action was performed, or if "
"B<--oknodo> is specified and either B<--start> was specified and a matching "
"process was already running, or B<--stop> was specified and there were no "
"matching processes. If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done, 1 "
"is returned. If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the "
"schedule was reached and the processes were still running, the error value "
"is 2. For all other errors, the status is 3."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:276
msgid ""
"Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named "
"food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:279
#, no-wrap
msgid "start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food --chuid food -- --daemon\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:282
msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:285
#, no-wrap
msgid "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --retry 5\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:288
msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:291
#, no-wrap
msgid "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:297
msgid ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a "
"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> が Ian "
"Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt> による以前のバージョンを元に作"
"成。"

#. type: Plain text
#: start-stop-daemon.8:299
msgid ""
"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by "
"Ian Jackson."
msgstr ""
"このマニュアルは Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt> によって書かれた。Ian "
"Jackson が部分的に整形した。"

#. type: TH
#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "update-alternatives"
msgstr "update-alternatives"

#. type: TH
#: update-alternatives.8:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2009-04-13"
msgstr "2006-02-28"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:11
msgid ""
"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
msgstr ""
"update-alternatives - シンボリックリンクを管理してデフォルトのコマンドを決定"
"する"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:16
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] I<command>"
msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:21
msgid ""
"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system."
msgstr ""
"B<update-alternatives> は Debian の alternatives システムを成すシンボリックリ"
"ンクを生成・削除・管理したり、リンクの情報を表示したりする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:29
msgid ""
"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
"to be installed on a single system at the same time.  For example, many "
"systems have several text editors installed at once.  This gives choice to "
"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, "
"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to "
"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference."
msgstr ""
"同じ機能を (あるいは似たような機能を) 持つ複数のプログラムを一つのシステムに"
"インストールし、共存させることができる。例えば多くのシステムでは、複数のテキ"
"ストエディタを共存させている。これにより、システムのユーザは好みに応じて別々"
"のエディタを使うことができるようになる。しかしプログラムにとっては、特に指定"
"がなかったときにどのエディタを起動すれば良いのかという、なかなか難しい問題を"
"抱えることになる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:51
msgid ""
"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem.  A generic name in "
"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable "
"functionality.  The alternatives system and the system administrator "
"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name.  "
"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1)  and B<nvi>(1)  are both installed "
"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
"to do so."
msgstr ""
"Debian の alternatives システムは、この問題を解決するためのものである。同じ機"
"能を提供し、互いに置き換え可能な全てのファイルは、ファイルシステム中の「一般"
"名 (generic name)」を共有する。その一般名が実際にどのファイルを参照するか"
"は、 alternatives システムとシステム管理者とが決定する。例えば、テキストエ"
"ディタである B<ed>(1) と B<nvi>(1) の両方がシステムにインストールされていたと"
"すると、一般名である I</usr/bin/editor> は、デフォルトでは I</usr/bin/nvi> を"
"参照する。システム管理者はこれを上書きし、 I</usr/bin/ed> を参照させるように"
"することもできる。こうすると、その後明示的なリクエストがなければ、 "
"alternatives システムはその設定を変更しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:61
msgid ""
"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative.  "
"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file "
"referenced.  This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be "
"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this "
"is a Good Thing."
msgstr ""
"一般名は、選ばれた「選択肢 (alternative)」への直接のシンボリックリンクではな"
"く、 I<alternatives> ディレクトリにある名前へのシンボリックリンクになってい"
"る。そしてその名前が実際に参照されるファイルへのシンボリックリンクになってい"
"る。こうなっている理由は、システム管理者の変更が I</etc> ディレクトリ以下で行"
"われるようにするためである。なぜこうするのが良いかについては FHS に説明があ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:73
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
"information about that file in the alternatives system.  B<update-"
"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or B<prerm> "
"(install) scripts in Debian packages."
msgstr ""
"置き換え可能な一群のファイル中のどれかを含むパッケージがインストール・変更・"
"削除されると、 B<update-alternatives> が呼ばれ、そのファイルに対する "
"alternatives システムの内部情報を更新する。 B<update-alternatives> は、通常 "
"Debian パッケージの B<postinst> または B<prerm> スクリプトから呼び出される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:92
msgid ""
"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that "
"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>"
"(1)  editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/"
"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>.  "
"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> "
"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too.  A "
"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>."
msgstr ""
"複数の選択肢を同期させ、グループとして変更すると便利なことが多い。例えば "
"B<vi>(1) エディタのいろいろな派生システムが同時にインストールされていたとする"
"と、 I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> が参照する man ページは、 I</usr/bin/vi> が"
"参照する実行ファイルに対応しているべきであろう。 B<update-alternatives> は、 "
"I<master> リンクと I<slave> リンクによってこれを取り扱う。 master が変更され"
"ると、それに関連づけされた各 slave も同時に変更される。 master リンクとそれに"
"関連づけされた slave とは、 I<リンクグループ> を形成する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
"manual.  When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how "
"to update the links.  In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain "
"the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when "
"something is broken)."
msgstr ""
"各リンクグループは、いかなる時点においても、 automatic または manual の 2 つ"
"のモードのいずれかにある。グループが automatic モードにある場合は、パッケージ"
"のインストール・削除の際にリンクを更新するかどうか/どのように更新するかは、 "
"alternatives システムが自動的に決定する。 manual モードでは、 alternatives シ"
"ステムはリンクを変更しない。システム管理者が行った決定がずっと保存される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:110
msgid ""
"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
"system.  If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run "
"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to "
"manual mode."
msgstr ""
"リンクグループは、システムに導入されると、まず automatic モードになる。システ"
"ム管理者がその設定を変更すると、次に B<update-alternatives> がリンクグループ"
"に対して実行されたときに変更が認識され、そのリンクグループは自動的に manual "
"モードに切り換わる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:117
msgid ""
"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it.  When a link group is "
"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
"be those which have the highest priority."
msgstr ""
"各選択肢は I<priority> 属性を持っている。リンクグループが automatic モードに"
"あるときは、 I<priority> のもっとも高いものが、そのグループのメンバーが参照す"
"る選択肢になる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master "
"alternative name. The current choice is marked with a '*'.  You will then be "
"prompted for your choice regarding this link group.  Depending on the choice "
"made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will need to "
"use the I<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode (or you "
"can rerun I<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)."
msgstr ""
"I<--config> オプションを用いると、 B<update-alternatives> は与えられた "
"master リンクのリンクグループに対応する選択肢をすべてリストする。現在選択され"
"ているものには '*' が、もっとも priority の高いものには '+' マークがつく。そ"
"してそのリンクグループの選択を問い合わせるプロンプトが表示される。ここで変更"
"を行うと、その一般名は I<auto> モードではなくなる。 automatic 状態に戻すに"
"は、 I<--auto> オプションを用いる必要がある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:138
msgid ""
"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option "
"instead (see below)."
msgstr ""
"非対話的に設定をしたい場合は I<--set> オプションを代わりに使用する(以下を参"
"照)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:149
msgid ""
"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>.  "
"In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all "
"involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in "
"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: update-alternatives.8:150
#, no-wrap
msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
msgstr "用語"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:155
msgid ""
"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
"specific terms will help to explain its operation."
msgstr ""
"B<update-alternatives> の動作は極めて複雑なので、ここでいくつか特殊な用語を説"
"明し、動作の理解の助けとしたい。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "generic name (or alternative link)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:161
msgid ""
"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
"to one of a number of files of similar function."
msgstr ""
"I</usr/bin/editor> のような名前。 alternatives システムによって同様の機能を持"
"つ複数のファイルのどれかひとつを参照する。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:161
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "alternative name"
msgstr "選択肢 (alternative)"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:164
msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:164
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternative (or alternative path)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:168
msgid ""
"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
"via a generic name using the alternatives system."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステム中の特定のファイル。 alternatives システムによって、一般名か"
"らアクセスされるようにできる。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "alternatives directory"
msgstr "alternatives ディレクトリ"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:173
msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
msgstr "symlink を保持するディレクトリ。デフォルトは I</etc/alternatives>。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "administrative directory"
msgstr "administrative ディレクトリ"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:180
msgid ""
"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
"alternatives>' state information."
msgstr ""
"B<update-alternatives> の状態情報を保持するディレクトリ。デフォルトは I</var/"
"lib/dpkg/alternatives>。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "link group"
msgstr "リンクグループ"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:183
msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
msgstr "関連する symlink のセット。グループごと更新するためのもの。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:183
#, no-wrap
msgid "master link"
msgstr "master リンク"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in "
"the group are configured."
msgstr ""
"リンクグループに属するリンクで、グループの他のリンクの設定を決定するもの。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "slave link"
msgstr "slave リンク"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:191
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of "
"the master link."
msgstr ""
"リンクグループに属するリンクで、 master リンクの設定によって制御されるもの。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:191
#, no-wrap
msgid "automatic mode"
msgstr "automatic モード"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:197
msgid ""
"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate "
"for the group."
msgstr ""
"リンクグループが automatic モードにあるときは、そのグループに対応しており、か"
"つもっとも高い priority を持つ選択肢をグループ内の各リンクが参照する。この調"
"整は alternatives システムが自動的に行う。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "manual mode"
msgstr "manual モード"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:202
msgid ""
"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
"any changes to the system administrator's settings."
msgstr ""
"リンクグループが manual モードにあるときは、 alternatives システムはシステム"
"管理者の設定を一切変更しない。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..."
msgstr "B<--install> I<genname symlink altern priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink altern>] ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add a group of alternatives to the system.  I<link> is the generic name for "
"the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives "
"directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master "
"link.  The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in "
"the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link.  Zero "
"or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be "
"specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will "
"fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave "
"alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be "
"displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to "
"be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used."
msgstr ""
"選択肢のグループをシステムに追加する。 I<genname> は master リンクの一般名・ "
"I<symlink> はその symlink の名前・ I<altern> はここで導入される master リンク"
"に対応した選択肢、である。B<--slave> オプションに続く引数は、alternatives "
"ディレクトリでの一般名と slave リンクの選択肢である。 B<--slave> オプション"
"と、それにに続く 3 つの引数のセットは、 0 個以上いくつでも指定してよい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives "
"system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of "
"alternatives for the group.  Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, "
"will be added with this information.  If the group is in automatic mode, and "
"the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed "
"alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the "
"newly added alternatives."
msgstr ""
"指定した master の symlink が既に alternatives システムの記録に存在している"
"と、与えられた情報はそのグループに対する新たな選択肢のセットとして追加され"
"る。そうでなければ、新しいグループとして、automatic モードにして、この情報に"
"追加する。グループが automatic モードにあり、新たに追加された選択肢の "
"priority がそのグループに対してインストールされている他の選択肢のものより高い"
"ときには、 symlink は新たに追加された選択肢を参照するように更新される。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--set> I<name path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:243
msgid ""
"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
msgstr ""
"プログラム I<path> を I<name> の選択肢として設定する。 I<--config> と同等だ"
"が、こちらは非対話的であるため、スクリプト向けである。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:243
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
msgstr "B<--remove> I<name path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links.  I<name> is a "
"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the "
"group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such "
"alternative left.  Associated slave links will be updated or removed, "
"correspondingly.  If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links "
"are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed."
msgstr ""
"(master の) 選択肢とそれに関連する全ての slave リンクを削除する。 I<name> は "
"alternatives ディレクトリ中の名前であり、 I<path> は I<name> のリンク先に指定"
"できる、絶対パスでのファイル名である。 I<name> が実際に I<path> にリンクされ"
"ている場合には、 I<name> は他の適切な選択肢を参照するよう更新される。あるいは"
"そのような選択肢が残っていなければ削除される。関連する slave リンクも対応して"
"更新 (削除) される。 I<name> が現在その I<path> を参照していなければ、リンク"
"の変更は行われない。その選択肢の情報が削除されるだけである。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:264
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<name>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:269
msgid ""
"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links.  I<name> is "
"a name in the alternatives directory."
msgstr ""
"すべての選択肢と、それに関連するすべての slave リンクを削除する。 I<name> "
"は、alternative ディレクトリの名前である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:276
msgid ""
"Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--"
"skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured "
"in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed.  Thus a simple "
"way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes \\[aq]\\[aq] | update-"
"alternatives --force --all>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:276
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:283
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode.  "
"In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to "
"the highest priority installed alternatives."
msgstr ""
"master の symlink I<link> を automatic モードに変更する。この処理を行う際に"
"は、この master リンクと対応する各 slave は、現在インストールされている "
"alterantive のうち、もっとも priority の高いものを参照するように更新される。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:283
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--display> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--display> I<link>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group.  Information displayed includes "
"the group's mode (auto or manual), which alternative the master link "
"currently points to, what other alternatives are available (and their "
"corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest priority alternative "
"currently installed."
msgstr ""
"I<link> を master リンクとするリンクグループの情報を表示する。表示される情報"
"は、グループのモード (auto か manual か)・その symlink の現在の参照先・他に "
"alternatives (とそれに対応した slave altarnative) があるかどうか・現在インス"
"トールされている選択肢のうち、もっとも priority の高いもの、である。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:292
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--get-selections>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:300
msgid ""
"List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group)  and "
"their status. Each line contains up to 3 fields (separated by one or more "
"spaces). The first field is the alternative name, the second one is the "
"status (either \"auto\" or \"manual\"), and the last one contains the "
"current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and thus might "
"contain spaces)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:305
msgid ""
"Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated "
"by B<update-alternatives --get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:305
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--query> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:310
msgid ""
"Display information about the link group like --display does, but in a "
"machine parseable way (see section B<QUERY FORMAT> below)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:310
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--list> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--list> I<link>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:313
msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
msgstr "リンクグループのすべてのターゲットを表示する。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:313
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--config> I<name>"
msgstr "B<--config> I<link>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:317
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated."
msgstr ""
"リンクグループの利用可能なすべての選択肢を表示し、対話的に選択肢の 1 つを選べ"
"るようにする。リンクグループは更新され、 I<auto> モードではなくなる。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:325
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--altdir>I< directory>"
msgstr "B<--altdir> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:329
msgid ""
"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
"default."
msgstr "alternatives ディレクトリをデフォルトから変えたいときに指定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:333
msgid ""
"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
"the default."
msgstr "administrative ディレクトリをデフォルトから変えたいときに指定する。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:333
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--log>I< file>"
msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:337
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies the log file, when this is to be different from the default (/var/"
"log/alternatives.log)."
msgstr "alternatives ディレクトリをデフォルトから変えたいときに指定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:341
msgid ""
"Let B<update-alternatives> replace any real file that is installed where an "
"alternative link has to be installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:341
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--skip-auto>"
msgstr "B<--update>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:346
msgid ""
"Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in "
"automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:346
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<--verbose>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:351
msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
msgstr ""
"B<update-alternatives> が行っている作業に付いて、より詳細なコメントを生成す"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "Don't generate any comments unless errors occur."
msgstr "エラー以外のコメントを出さない。このオプションはまだ実装されていない。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:356
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:362
msgid ""
"The default alternatives directory.  Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
"option."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトの alternatives ディレクトリ。 B<--altdir> オプションによって変更で"
"きる。"

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:362
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:368
msgid ""
"The default administration directory.  Can be overridden by the B<--"
"admindir> option."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトの administration ディレクトリ。 B<--admindir> オプションによって変"
"更できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:372
msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
msgstr "リクエストされたアクションが正しく実行された。"

#. type: IP
#: update-alternatives.8:372
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:375
msgid ""
"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
"action."
msgstr ""
"コマンドラインの解釈を行うときか、アクションを実行するときに問題が起こった。"

#. type: SH
#: update-alternatives.8:376
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "QUERY FORMAT"
msgstr "フォーマット"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:381
msgid ""
"The B<update-alternatives> I<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat "
"format. It's made of I<n> + 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of "
"alternatives available in the queried link group. The first block contains "
"the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:381
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Link:> E<lt>linkE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>ソース名E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:384
msgid "The generic name of the alternative."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:384
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Status:> E<lt>statusE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:387
msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:387
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Best:> E<lt>best choiceE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:391
msgid ""
"The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there "
"is no alternatives available."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:391
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Value:> E<lt>currently selected alternativeE<gt> "
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>ソース名E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:395
msgid ""
"The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic "
"value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:396
#, no-wrap
msgid "The other blocks describe the available alternatives in the queried link group:"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:398
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Alternative:> E<lt>path of this alternativeE<gt>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:401
msgid "Path to this block's alternative."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:401
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priority valueE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>優先度E<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:404
msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:404
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Slaves:> E<lt>list of slavesE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:410
msgid ""
"When this header is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives "
"associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
"line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
"alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: update-alternatives.8:411
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Example>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:419
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
"Link: editor\n"
"Status: auto\n"
"Best: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n"
"Value: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:424
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
"Priority: -100\n"
"Slaves:\n"
" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:439
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n"
"Priority: 50\n"
"Slaves:\n"
" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.pl.ISO8859-2.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.ISO8859-2/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.it.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.pl.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.fr.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.it.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
" editor.fr.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:451
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With I<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its "
"activities on its standard output channel.  If problems occur, B<update-"
"alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and "
"returns an exit status of 2.  These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; "
"if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug."
msgstr ""
"B<update-alternatives> は、動作の最中に、いま何をやっているかを逐一標準出力に"
"しゃべり続ける。問題が起きると、 B<update-alternatives> はエラーメッセージを"
"標準エラー出力に出力し、終了ステータス 2 を返す。これらの診断メッセージは、読"
"めばわかるはずである。もしわからなければ、バグとして報告して欲しい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the "
"link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the "
"associated manpage."
msgstr ""
"例えば B<nvi> や B<vim> のように、テキストエディタ B<vi> と互換性のあるプログ"
"ラムを提供するパッケージが複数ある。どのパッケージが使われるかは、リンクグ"
"ループ B<vi> によって制御される。リンクグループ B<vi> にはプログラム自身のリ"
"ンクと、関連する man ページのリンクが含まれる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:460
msgid ""
"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:"
msgstr ""
"B<vi> を提供するパッケージとその現在の設定を表示するには、 I<--display> アク"
"ションを使う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:463
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives --display vi>"
msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:467
msgid ""
"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
"then select a number from the list:"
msgstr ""
"特定の B<vi> 実装を選ぶには、root としてこのコマンドを実行し、そして一覧から"
"数字を選ぶ。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:470
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives --config vi>"
msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:474
msgid ""
"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
"as root:"
msgstr ""
"B<vi> 実装の選択を自動的に行なうように戻すには、root としてこのコマンドを実行"
"する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:477
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>"
msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:481
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system."
msgstr ""
"バグを見つけたら、 Debian のバグ追跡システムを使ってレポートして欲しい。それ"
"が無理なら、著者に直接電子メールで送って欲しい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:486
msgid ""
"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> "
"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the "
"documentation; please report it."
msgstr ""
"もし B<update-alternatives> の動作とこのマニュアルページの記述に矛盾があれ"
"ば、実装か文書、どちらかのバグである。レポートをお願いしたい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:497
msgid ""
"This manual page is copyright 1997,1998 Charles Briscoe-Smith and others."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:500
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is free documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or "
"later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""
"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."

#. type: Plain text
#: update-alternatives.8:503
msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-10-08"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2010-04-11"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "I<priority> and I<section> place the package within the release tree; "
#~ "these ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found "
#~ "in a subdirectory of I<binarydir>, that will be checked against "
#~ "I<section>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I<priority> と I<section> はパッケージをリリースツリーでどこに置くかを指定"
#~ "する。これらは control ファイルにあるべきではない。もしパッケージが "
#~ "I<binarydir> のサブディレクトリにあれば I<section> の値とチェックされる。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2009-11-12"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>"
#~ msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>"

#~ msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence."
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg> のライセンスを表示する。"

#~ msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
#~ msgstr "環境変数"

#~ msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
#~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell "
#~ "rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "任意の値で定義すると、シェルエスケープをしたときに B<dpkg> 自体を一時停止"
#~ "(suspend)するのではなく、新しいシェルを起動する。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2009-06-13"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2009-01-07"
#~ msgstr "2006-04-09"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>"
#~ msgstr "B<--licence> | B<--license>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l, --license>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2009-09-06"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]"
#~ msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2009-08-20"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
#~ msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Displays the B<dselect> copyright and license information and exits "
#~ "successfully."
#~ msgstr "B<dselect> の著作権情報とライセンス情報を表示し、正常終了する。"

#~ msgid "B<-h>"
#~ msgstr "B<-h>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<--without-quilt>"
#~ msgstr "B<--quiet>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2008-04-09"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-03-06"
#~ msgstr "2006-04-09"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-06-12"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-z>I<level>"
#~ msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2009-01-04"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2009-02-18"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#~ msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "インストールされていなくて利用可能でないパッケージの情報を消去する。"

#~ msgid "install-info"
#~ msgstr "install-info"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "install-info - Info ディレクトリにエントリを作成したり更新したりする"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--"
#~ "maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--"
#~ "infodir=>I<xxx>] [B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] "
#~ "[B<--description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] "
#~ "I<filename>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--"
#~ "maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--"
#~ "infodir=>I<xxx>] [B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] "
#~ "[B<--description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] "
#~ "I<filename>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> "
#~ "file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified "
#~ "on the command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a "
#~ "description from the contents of the file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<install-info> は、Info ディレクトリの B<dir> ファイルにエントリを作成・"
#~ "更新・削除する。作成か更新の場合、 コマンドラインにも Info ファイルにも説"
#~ "明文が指定されていなかったら、ファイルの中身から説明文を推測しようとする。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the "
#~ "entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the "
#~ "B<dir> file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "エントリの置かれる位置や B<dir> ファイルの望ましい形式の説明については、 "
#~ "B<--section> の記述を見られよ。"

#~ msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>"
#~ msgstr "B<[--] >I<filename>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, "
#~ "updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> "
#~ "should be the exact entry name to be removed (e.g. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or "
#~ "\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent "
#~ "of the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-"
#~ "INFO-DIR entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or "
#~ "be about to be installed, or have previously existed when removing an "
#~ "entry) in the same directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> "
#~ "option)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "メニューエントリを作成・更新・削除したい Info ファイルのファイル名を与え"
#~ "る。 B<--remove-exactly> が指定された場合は、 I<filename> は削除対象の正確"
#~ "なエントリ名 (例えば \"emacs-20/emacs\" とか \"gcc\") でなければならない。"
#~ "指定されなかった場合は、このファイル名のベースネームが作成されるメニューエ"
#~ "ントリのリファレンスとして使われる (ただしそのファイルの内部で START-INFO-"
#~ "DIR による上書きがされている場合は除く)。従ってこのファイルは B<dir> ファ"
#~ "イルと同じディレクトリに存在していなければならない。あるいは、ほぼインス"
#~ "トールされているか、エントリ削除の場合は以前存在していたか、でなければなら"
#~ "ない。 B<--infodir> オプションを参照せよ。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If I<filename> ends in B<.gz>, it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
#~ "with B<gzip>; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
#~ "does, the latter is used instead."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I<filename> が B<.gz> で終わっていたら、GNU gzip で圧縮されているファイル"
#~ "であるとみなされる。 I<filename> は存在しないがこれに対応する "
#~ "I<filename>B<.gz> が存在する場合は、替わりに I<filename>B<.gz> が使われ"
#~ "る。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path "
#~ "specified (possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "エントリを追加か更新するときは、ファイル(拡張子 B<.gz> が付加的に付いてい"
#~ "るかもしれない)は指定されたパスに存在していなければならない。"

#~ msgid "B<--remove>"
#~ msgstr "B<--remove>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by "
#~ "default entries are created or updated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ファイル I<filename> のエントリを削除することを指定する。デフォルトではエ"
#~ "ントリは作成もしくは更新される。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading "
#~ "(and the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the "
#~ "last section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--"
#~ "section> option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "削除の結果セクションが空っぽになる場合、これがファイルの最後のセクションで"
#~ "ないか B<--keep-old> が指定されるかしていなかったら、セクション見出しも同"
#~ "様に削除される。 B<dir> ファイルの望ましい形式の説明については、 B<--"
#~ "section> の記述を見られよ。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in "
#~ "the first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others "
#~ "silently ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "あてはまるエントリが B<dir> ファイルにいくつかある場合、最初にマッチしたカ"
#~ "テゴリグループのものが削除され、残りは無視される。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-"
#~ "info> will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<install-info> は B<--quiet> オプションが指定されない限り警告を発するが、"
#~ "このオプションについては、あてはまるエントリが見つからなくてもエラーにはな"
#~ "らない。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--"
#~ "calign> formatting options are silently ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<--remove> オプションが指定された場合、 B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--"
#~ "calign> の整形オプションは無視される。"

#~ msgid "B<--remove-exactly>"
#~ msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that "
#~ "I<filename> is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the "
#~ "name of an existing file. This can be important when trying to remove "
#~ "entries that refer to info files in subdirectories (e.g. \"emacs-20/emacs"
#~ "\") because B<--remove> will operate on the basename of the given "
#~ "I<filename> rather than the exact name given. (i.e.  B<--remove> "
#~ "\"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not "
#~ "\"emacs-20/emacs\")."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "このオプションは基本的には B<--remove> と同じだが、ただし I<filename> を削"
#~ "除対象となる既存のファイルとしてではなく、削除対象のエントリそのものとみな"
#~ "す。この違いは、サブディレクトリの info ファイルを参照しているエントリ (例"
#~ "えば \"emacs-20/emacs\" など) を削除しようとする場合に重要となる。なぜな"
#~ "ら B<--remove> は与えられた I<filename> そのものではなく、そのベースネーム"
#~ "に作用するからである (つまり B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" とすると、 "
#~ "B<install-info> は \"emacs-20/emacs\" ではなく \"emacs\" を対象とする)。"

#~ msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>"
#~ msgstr "B<--section >I<regexp title>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
#~ "section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>.  If no such "
#~ "section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
#~ "file (see below) with title I<title>.  A section is a part of the B<dir> "
#~ "menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "新しいエントリを作るときに、 B<dir> ファイルの中でタイトルが I<regexp> に"
#~ "マッチするセクションに配置することを指定する。該当するセクションが存在しな"
#~ "かったら、ファイルの最後から二番目のセクション(後述)として I<title> という"
#~ "タイトルで作られる。セクションとは B<dir> メニューの中の一部で、空白行で区"
#~ "切られたものである。セクションの先頭行はタイトルとして扱われる。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert "
#~ "it within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section "
#~ "aren't already sorted, the new location within the section will be "
#~ "unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "新たなエントリを作るとき、 B<install-info> はセクションの中でアルファベッ"
#~ "ト順にそれを挿入しようとする。セクション中のエントリがあらかじめソートされ"
#~ "ていなかったら、セクション中の位置は予測できない。すでに存在するエントリの"
#~ "順番は変更されない。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
#~ "end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
#~ "line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
#~ "right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
#~ "Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "デフォルトでは新たなエントリをファイルの終わりに付け加える。最後のセクショ"
#~ "ンは、タイトル行だけであっても常に存在していなけらばならない。これは新たな"
#~ "セクションが正しい場所に作られるようにするためである。最後のセクションは、"
#~ "位置が正しく指定されていない Info ファイルがそこに付け加えられるようにタイ"
#~ "トルを付けなければならない。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
#~ "replaced in situ with the new entry."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Info ファイルのエントリがすでにインストールされていたら、 その位置で新たな"
#~ "エントリに置き換えられる。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored "
#~ "and a warning is issued."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "エントリ削除時にセクションを指定すると、セクションは無視され警告が発せられ"
#~ "る。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
#~ "section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the "
#~ "requested section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "エントリを加えるときにセクションが必要となるにもかかわらずファイルにセク"
#~ "ション見出しが一つもなかったら、 B<install-info> は必要となるセクションと"
#~ "ファイルの終わりの Miscellaneous というセクションとの両方を作る。"

#~ msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
#~ msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
#~ "file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>.  The default is B</usr/"
#~ "share/info/>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dir> ファイルと、インストールされる新たな Info ファイルのコピーとが "
#~ "I<infodir> にあることを指定する。デフォルトは B</usr/share/info/> である。"

#~ msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
#~ msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at "
#~ "least I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If "
#~ "necessary because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may "
#~ "be offset more. The default is 27."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "説明文の最初の行を少なくとも I<nnn> 字だけ字下げすべきものと指定する。余分"
#~ "な空白が必要なものとして加えられる。 B<dir> のメニューエントリの詳細の長さ"
#~ "のため、より多くのオフセットが必要かもしれない。デフォルトは 27 である。"

#~ msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
#~ msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should "
#~ "be indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "説明文の二行目以降の行を少なくとも I<nnn> だけ字下げすべきものと指定する。"
#~ "デフォルトは 29 である。"

#~ msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
#~ msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>.  This is "
#~ "used when word-wrapping the descriptive text.  The default is 79."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Info ファイルの最大幅を I<nnn> にする。説明文をワードラップするときに使わ"
#~ "れる。デフォルトは 79 である。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is "
#~ "inserted and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of "
#~ "existing entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "挿入される直前の新たなメニューエントリと、現存するエントリの置換・削除やセ"
#~ "クションの作成・削除の案内のメッセージを表示しない。"

#~ msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
#~ msgstr "B<install-info> の使用法を表示して終了する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information "
#~ "and exit."
#~ msgstr "B<install-info> のバージョンと著作権の情報を表示して終了する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or "
#~ "updated entries be I<xxx>.  The default is to use the the value specified "
#~ "in the Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the "
#~ "form"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "新規・更新のメニューエントリの説明文を I<xxx> とする。デフォルトでは Info "
#~ "ファイル自身の中で指定された値を使う。これは次のような形式のセクションを探"
#~ "すことで見つけられる。"

#~ msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
#~ msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"

#~ msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
#~ msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"

#~ msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
#~ msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
#~ "each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
#~ "this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries "
#~ "are inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
#~ "menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
#~ "options are ignored."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Info ファイルに見つかったエントリ自身がそれだけで数行に渡り、それぞれにメ"
#~ "ニューのエントリがある場合、ファイルの中に見つかったテキストがそのまま使わ"
#~ "れる。このときは、アルファベット順の配置は行われず、エントリは問い合わせの"
#~ "セクションの先頭に挿入される。また B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--"
#~ "align>, B<--calign>, B<--menuentry> のオプションは無視される。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
#~ "paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>.  It will "
#~ "capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ファイルに B<dir> エントリがなかったら、ファイルの最初のほうに B<this "
#~ "file documents> で始まる段落がないかを見つけようとする。その後の最初の文字"
#~ "を大文字にしてそれを使う。"

#~ msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
#~ msgstr "これらの方法で説明文を得ることができなかったらエラーになる。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
#~ "ignored and a warning is issued."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<--remove> が指定されたときには説明文の引数が与えられても無視され、警告が"
#~ "発せられる。"

#~ msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
#~ msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>.  The default is to "
#~ "use the the value specified in the Info file itself.  If this is not "
#~ "present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, "
#~ "and the entry is made mixed case).  See above for details of the format "
#~ "expected for the menu entry in the Info file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "メニューの中のエントリを I<xxx> とする。デフォルトでは、 Info ファイル自身"
#~ "の中で指定された値を使う。それがなかった場合は、 Info ファイルのベースネー"
#~ "ムが使われる。B<.info > が取り除かれ、大文字小文字混在のエントリ名が作られ"
#~ "る。 Info ファイルのメニューエントリの望ましい形式の説明については、上記の"
#~ "記述を参照されたい。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match "
#~ "the actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
#~ "significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
#~ "done."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "エントリを削除するとき、 B<--menuentry> オプションの値は、削除されるメ"
#~ "ニューアイテムの実際のメニューエントリフィールドと一致しなければならな"
#~ "い。 B<--menuentry> を省略したときは、メニューエントリのチェックは行われな"
#~ "い。"

#~ msgid "B<--keep-old>"
#~ msgstr "B<--keep-old>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
#~ "sections."
#~ msgstr "現存するエントリの置換や空セクションの削除を行わない。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
#~ "the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default "
#~ "is to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "すでにインストールされているファイルがディレクトリにエントリを持っている場"
#~ "合、古いエントリは置き換えられずそのまま残る。デフォルトでは、古いエントリ"
#~ "はいずれも新規作成されたものによって置き換えられる。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of "
#~ "the section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made "
#~ "empty by the removal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<--remove> が指定されている場合、削除の結果セクションが空っぽになるかもし"
#~ "れないが、 B<--keep-old> はセクション見出しを削除しない。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
#~ msgstr "テストモードを有効にし、ディレクトリファイルを更新しない。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
#~ "steps are shown."
#~ msgstr "デバッグモードを有効にし、内部の処理ステップをいくらか表示する。"

#~ msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
#~ msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Copyright \\(co 1994 Ian Jackson"
#~ msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson."

#~ msgid "822-date"
#~ msgstr "B<822-date>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-01-24"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC2822 format"
#~ msgstr "822-date - RFC822フォーマットの日付と時間の表示"

#~ msgid "B<822-date>"
#~ msgstr "B<822-date>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in "
#~ "RFC2822.  It does so by simply calling B<date>(1)  with the B<-R> option."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<822-date> は RFC822 に説明されているフォーマット、RFC1123 で推奨されてい"
#~ "る数字によるタイムゾーンオフセットを使って現在の日付と時間を表示する。"

#~ msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options."
#~ msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。"

#~ msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B<date>(1)."
#~ msgstr "この機能は実際には B<date>(1) の一部であるべきである。"

#~ msgid "cleanup-info"
#~ msgstr "cleanup-info"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done"
#~ msgstr "cleanup-info - install-info の誤った利用による混乱の消去"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<cleanup-info> [I<options>] [B<-->] [I<dirname>]"
#~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--auto> I<name>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<cleanup-info> is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that "
#~ "bogus B<install-info>(8)  may have done.  It gathers all sections with "
#~ "the same heading into a single one.  It tries to be smart about cases and "
#~ "trailing colon/spaces."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<cleanup-info> は B<install-info>(8) の誤った適用によって生じた混乱を消去"
#~ "するための Perl スクリプトである。同じ表題を持ったセクションを一つにまと"
#~ "め、大文字小文字の区別、あとに続くコロン/スペースに関しても賢く処理しよう"
#~ "とする。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the "
#~ "blank lines (in entries part only)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "その他、空のセクションの除去、空行の圧縮(エントリーパートのみ)も行われる。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts).  "
#~ "Order of entries within a section is preserved."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "セクションの順序は保存される(複数同じエントリがあった場合、最初に発見され"
#~ "たものの位置になる)。セクション内でのエントリの順序も保存される。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please be B<extremely careful> when using this utility - it might not be "
#~ "100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but "
#~ "only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this "
#~ "script."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "このユーティリティの使用はB<特別注意深く>行って欲しい - おそらく、このユー"
#~ "ティリティは 100% 安全とはいえない。cleanup-info は注意深く info dir ファ"
#~ "イルを扱おうとするが、ファイルに書いてしまえばそれまでである。このユーティ"
#~ "リティを使う前にバックアップファイルをとるようにすべきである。"

#~ msgid "B<--unsafe>"
#~ msgstr "B<--unsafe>"

#~ msgid "Set some additional possibly useful options."
#~ msgstr "いくつかの付加的なおそらく有用であろうオプションをセットする。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<Warning: the `--unsafe' option may garble an otherwise correct file!>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<警告: `--unsafe' オプションは正しいファイルを改竄してしまうかもしれない!"
#~ ">"

#~ msgid "I</usr/info/dir> or I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>/dir>"
#~ msgstr "I</usr/info/dir> または I<E<lt>ディレクトリ名E<gt>/dir>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" "
#~ "suffix."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "info ディレクトリファイル。ロックファイルは同じ名前で \".lock\" 拡張子がつ"
#~ "いたものになる。"

#~ msgid "Probably many."
#~ msgstr "おそらくたくさんある。"

#~ msgid "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)."
#~ msgstr "B<install-info>(8), B<info>(1)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Copyright \\(co 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan"
#~ msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2008-01-30"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#~ msgid "generic name"
#~ msgstr "一般名 (generic name)"

#~ msgid "symlink"
#~ msgstr "symlink"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
#~ "alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to "
#~ "adjust."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "特に他に指定がなければ、これは alternatives ディレクトリ内のシンボリックリ"
#~ "ンクを意味する。システム管理者が調整の対象とするものである。"

#~ msgid "Call B<--config> on all alternatives."
#~ msgstr "B<--config> をすべての選択肢について呼び出す。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<Error:> E<lt>error detailsE<gt>"
#~ msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>優先度E<gt>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-10-06"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2008-03-14"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-E>"
#~ msgstr "B<-B>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-W>"
#~ msgstr "B<-B>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-09-08"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
#~ "straightforward checksum."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<.deb> ファイル自体には認証の手段がない。実際、単純なチェックサムさえもな"
#~ "い。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2008-03-02"
#~ msgstr "2006-04-09"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-11-22"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2008-01-13"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2008-03-25"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2008-03-16"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2008-04-08"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file "
#~ "is B<dselect update>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I<available> ファイルの取得と更新を行なう、もっとも簡単なコマンドは "
#~ "B<dselect update> である。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/"
#~ "available>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I</var/lib/dpkg/available> にある I<package-name> に関する情報を表示する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
#~ "given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
#~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'.  Errors are reported as `status: "
#~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'.  Configuration file "
#~ "conflicts are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-"
#~ "conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "ファイル記述子 I<E<lt>nE<gt>> にパッケージ状態の情報を送る。これは複数与え"
#~ "ることができる。状態の情報は `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg "
#~ "qstateE<gt>' の形式である。エラーは `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-"
#~ "error-message' として報告される。設定ファイルの衝突は `status: conffile-"
#~ "prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited "
#~ "distedited' として報告される。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2008-01-03"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-09-24"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-b> I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-targz>|\\(aq\\(aq]"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-03-08"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done.  This option is "
#~ "not yet implemented."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "実際の作業は何もせず、行う予定の作業について表示する。このオプションはまだ"
#~ "実装されていない。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-09-28"
#~ msgstr "2006-02-28"

#~ msgid "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"
#~ msgstr "mailto:joeyh@debian.org"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
#~ msgstr "E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>."

#~ msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"
#~ msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org"

#~ msgid "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"
#~ msgstr "E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n"
#~ "contributed to B<dpkg>.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg> に貢献した人のリストは B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> に\n"
#~ "挙げてある。\n"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-08-31"
#~ msgstr "2006-06-17"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-05-15"
#~ msgstr "2006-06-17"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or "
#~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or "
#~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "COPYRIGHT"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  ja.po (dpkg man pages)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "著作権\n"
#~ "#-#-#-#-#  ja.po (dpkg man pages)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
#~ "COPYRIGHT"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg --help>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg --version>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"

#~ msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
#~ msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson.  They are "
#~ "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
#~ "Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/"
#~ "dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> とこのマニュアルページは Ian Jackson が作成した。これらの著作"
#~ "権は彼にあり(Copyright (C)1995-1996)、GNU 一般公有使用許諾により頒布され"
#~ "る。これらは無保証である。詳細は B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> と B</"
#~ "usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> を参照すること。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst.  B<dpkg-name> is free software; "
#~ "see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
#~ "conditions. There is B<no> warranty."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst.  B<dpkg-name> is free software; "
#~ "see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying "
#~ "conditions. There is B<no> warranty."

#~ msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman"
#~ msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
#~ "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
#~ "Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/"
#~ "dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> とこのマニュアルページは Ian Jackson が作成した。これらの著作"
#~ "権は彼にあり(Copyright (C)1995-1996)、GNU 一般公有使用許諾により頒布され"
#~ "る。これらは無保証である。詳細は B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> と B</"
#~ "usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> を参照すること。"

#~ msgid "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"
#~ msgstr "Copyright 2000 Wichert Akkerman"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson.  B<install-info> is free software; see the "
#~ "GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. "
#~ "There is I<no> warranty."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson.  B<install-info> is free software; see the "
#~ "GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. "
#~ "There is I<no> warranty."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
#~ "software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
#~ "copying conditions. There is NO warranty."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free "
#~ "software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for "
#~ "copying conditions. There is NO warranty."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith.  This is "
#~ "free documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
#~ "for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith.  This is "
#~ "free documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later "
#~ "for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian "
#~ "system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian "
#~ "system."

#~ msgid "2006-04-09"
#~ msgstr "2006-04-09"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-03-13"
#~ msgstr "2006-06-17"

#~ msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822),"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I<ARPAインターネットテキストメッセージのフォーマットの標準 (Standard for "
#~ "the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages)> (RFC822),"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) "
#~ "section 5.2.14,"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "I<インターネットホストへの要求事項 -- アプリケーションとサポート "
#~ "(Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support)> (RFC1123) "
#~ "5.2.14 節,"

#~ msgid "B<date>(1)."
#~ msgstr "B<date>(1)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<822-date> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are hereby "
#~ "placed by him into the public domain."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<822-date> とこのマニュアルページは Ian Jackson によって書かれた。そし"
#~ "て、彼の手によって public domain とされている。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] "
#~ "[I<E<lt>dirnameE<gt>>]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] [I<E<lt>"
#~ "ディレクトリ名E<gt>>]"

#~ msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully."
#~ msgstr "ヘルプを表示し、正常終了する。"

#~ msgid "Output version and exit successfully."
#~ msgstr "バージョンを表示し、正常終了する。"

#~ msgid "Print a usage message."
#~ msgstr "利用方法を表示する。"

#~ msgid "2006-05-23"
#~ msgstr "2006-05-23"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>"

#~ msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>"
#~ msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option.  "
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "圧縮レベルを指定する場合は、 B<-z#> オプションを追加する。 B<dpkg-deb> "
#~ "は、このオプションを gzip に渡す。"

#~ msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>"
#~ msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"

#~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>"
#~ msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"

#~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>"
#~ msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"

#~ msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>"
#~ msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>"

#~ msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>"
#~ msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>"

#~ msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
#~ msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"

#~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>"
#~ msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>"

#~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
#~ msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and "
#~ "their uses."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> の使用方法、つまりすべてのオプションとその使い方の要約を表示す"
#~ "る。"

#~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number."
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> のバージョン番号を表示する。"

#~ msgid "B<--licence>"
#~ msgstr "B<--licence>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
#~ "warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> の著作権と無保証に関する情報を表示する(アメリカ式の綴りである "
#~ "B<--license> もサポートしている)。"

#~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
#~ msgstr "その他のオプション"

#~ msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
#~ msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
#~ "diversions. It functions in three basic modes - adding, removing, and "
#~ "listing diversions.  The options are B<--add>, B<--remove>, and B<--"
#~ "list>, respectively. Additionally, it can print out the real name for a "
#~ "diverted file with B<--truename>. Other options (listed below) may also "
#~ "be specified."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-divert> は diversions のリストを設定、更新するためのユーティリティ"
#~ "である。これは 3 つの基本モードの機能をもっている。diversion の追加、削"
#~ "除、リストである。それぞれ B<--add>、B<--remove>、B<--list> オプションで指"
#~ "定する。さらに B<--truename> によって退避されたファイルの実際の名前を表示"
#~ "することもできる。以下にあげられている他オプションも指定することができる。"

#~ msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully."
#~ msgstr "バージョンと簡単な利用法を表示して正常終了する。"

#~ msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully."
#~ msgstr "プログラム名とバージョンを表示して正常終了する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|"
#~ "B<--subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|"
#~ "B<--version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|"
#~ "B<--subdir> [I<dir>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-v>|"
#~ "B<--version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] [I<files>]"

#~ msgid "B<-h, --help>"
#~ msgstr "B<-h, --help>"

#~ msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully."
#~ msgstr "利用方法を表示して正常終了する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print copyright information and (a reference to GNU) license information "
#~ "and exit successfully."
#~ msgstr "著作権情報、ライセンス情報(GNU への参照)を表示して正常終了する。"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..."
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..."

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..."
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..."

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"

#~ msgid "Display licence and copyright information."
#~ msgstr "ライセンスと著作権情報を表示する。"

#~ msgid "Display version information."
#~ msgstr "バージョン情報を表示する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] "
#~ "I<binarydir> I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [B<-u>] [B<-a> I<E<lt>archE<gt>> ] [B<-m>] "
#~ "I<binarydir> I<overridefile> [I<pathprefix>] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> is specified, then instead of scanning for "
#~ "all debs, a pattern consisting of *_all.deb and *_arch.deb is used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<-a>I<E<lt>archE<gt>> を指定した場合は、すべての deb ファイルをスキャンす"
#~ "る代わりに、*_all.deb や *_arch.deb パターンにマッチするファイルを対象とす"
#~ "る。"

#~ msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE"
#~ msgstr "OVERRIDE ファイル"

#~ msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
#~ msgstr "共通オプション"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS"
#~ msgstr "その他のオプション"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-x>"
#~ msgstr "B<-B>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments."
#~ msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments."
#~ msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments."
#~ msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option "
#~ "arguments."
#~ msgstr "B<822-date> には引数やオプションはない。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or "
#~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/"
#~ "dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or "
#~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>"
#~ msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<--auto>, B<-a>"
#~ msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>"
#~ msgstr "B<--list> I<link>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>"
#~ msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and "
#~ "their uses."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> の使用方法、つまりすべてのオプションとその使い方の要約を表示す"
#~ "る。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number."
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> のバージョン番号を表示する。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
#~ "warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-deb> の著作権と無保証に関する情報を表示する(アメリカ式の綴りである "
#~ "B<--license> もサポートしている)。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
#~ msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> "
#~ "E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--add>I< E<lt>userE<gt> "
#~ "E<lt>groupE<gt> E<lt>modeE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>>"

#~ msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
#~ msgstr "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"

#~ msgid "B<--admindir>"
#~ msgstr "B<--admindir>"

#~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
#~ msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"

#~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
#~ msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"

#~ msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
#~ msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"

#~ msgid "Print help information; then exit."
#~ msgstr "ヘルプ情報を出力して終了する。"

#~ msgid "Print version information; then exit."
#~ msgstr "バージョン情報を出力して終了する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
#~ "priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
#~ "priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..."

#~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
#~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"

#~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
#~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"

#~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
#~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"

#~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
#~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"

#~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
#~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"

#~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"
#~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--set> I<name path>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to "
#~ "perform any meaningful task.  Any number of the common options may be "
#~ "specified together with any action."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<update-alternatives> に何らかの意味のある仕事をさせるには、アクションを "
#~ "1 つだけ指定しなければならない。共通オプションは、どのアクションともいっ"
#~ "しょに、いくつでも指定してかまわない。"

#~ msgid "Give some usage information."
#~ msgstr "利用法に関する表示を行う。"

#~ msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is."
#~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> のバージョンを表示する。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "2007-07-18"
#~ msgstr "2006-06-17"